price list - Faac eshop | faac
Transcription
price list - Faac eshop | faac
P.T. HEADQUARTERS ITALY FAAC SpA Via Calari 10 - 40069 Zola Predosa (BO) Tel. +39 051 61724 - Fax +39 051 758518 it.info@faacgroup.com - www.faacgroup.com POLAND FAAC MALAYSIA Selangor, Malaysia tel. +60 3 5123 0033 www.faac.international FAAC FRANCE Saint Priest - Lyon, France tel. +33 4 72218700 www.faac.fr AUSTRALIA FAAC FRANCE - AGENCE PARIS Massy - Paris, France tel. +33 1 69191620 www.faac.fr FAAC POLSKA SP.ZO.O Warszawa, Poland tel. +48 22 8141422 fax +48 22 8142024 www.faac.pl FAAC AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Homebush – Sydney, Australia tel. +61 2 87565644 www.faac.com.au AUSTRIA FAAC GMBH Salzburg, Austria tel. +43 662 8533950 www.faac.at FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS tel. +49 30 56796645 faactm.info@faacgroup.com www.faac-tubularmotors.com BENELUX FAAC BENELUX NV/SA Brugge, Belgium tel. +32 50 320202 www.faacbenelux.com FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS 7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands tel. +31 475 406014 faactm.info@faacgroup.com www.faac-tubularmotors.com KEMKO AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands tel. +31 314 378777 www.kemko.nl BRAZIL INDÚSTRIAS ROSSI ELETROMECÂNICA SA Brasilia DF, Brazil tel. +55 61 33998787 www.rossiportoes.com.br CHINA FAAC SHANGHAI Shanghai, China tel. +86 21 68182970 www.faacgroup.cn FAAC FRANCE - DEPARTEMENT VOLETS Saint Denis de Pile - Bordeaux, France tel. +33 5 57551890 www.faac.fr GERMANY FAAC GMBH Freilassing, Germany tel. +49 8654 49810 www.faac.de RUSSIA FAAC RUSSIA Moscow, Russia tel. +7 (495) 646 24 29 www.faac.ru SOUTH AFRICA FAAC SOUTH AFRICA 2040 Johannesburg tel. +27 11 794 4525 www.faac.international SPAIN FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS tel. +49 30 56796645 faactm.info@faacgroup.com www.faac-tubularmotors.com CLEM, S.A.U. San Sebastián de los Reyes - Madrid, Spain tel. +34 91 3581110 www.faac.es INDIA SWITZERLAND FAAC INDIA PVT. LTD Noida – Delhi, India tel. +91 120 3934100/4199 www.faacindia.com FAAC AG Altdorf, Switzerland tel. +41 41 8713440 www.faac.ch IRELAND TURKEY NATIONAL AUTOMATION LTD Co. Roscommon, Ireland tel. +353 71 9663893 www.nal.ie FAAC OTOMATİK GEÇİ� SİSTEMLERİ SAN. VE TİC. LTD. SIRTEKI İstanbul, Turkey tel.+90 (0)212 - 3431311 www.faac.com.tr MIDDLE EAST FAAC MIDDLE EAST FZE Dubai Silicon Oasis Operation Center - Dubai, UAE tel. + 971 4 3724190 www.faac.ae SCANDINAVIA FAAC NORDIC AB Perstorp, Sweden tel. +46 435 779500 www.faac.se UNITED KINGDOM FAAC UK LTD. Basingstoke Hampshire, UK tel. +44 1256 318100 www.faac.co.uk U.S.A. FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC Rockledge, FL - U.S.A. tel. +1 866 925 3222 www.faacusa.com FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC Fullerton, California - U.S.A. tel. +1 714 446 9800 www.faacusa.com WHEN IDEAS CHANGE THE WORLD Price List - Rev. 24 FRANCE 9908295004 - Rev. 24 - (03-2015) - 1.000 - Zucchini - (04-2015) ASIA - PACIFIC For an on-going product improvement, FAAC SpA reserves the right to make technical modifications without prior notice. All rights are reserved and the reproduction, in any form or by any means, of the whole or any part of this publication, is forbidden without prior permission of FAAC SpA. SUBSIDIARIES PRICE LIST Valid from 03/2015 GIUSEPPE MANINI WHEN AN IDEA CHANGES THE WORLD Innovation, the ability to push ourselves beyond established practice, the courage to cross frontiers and open up many more: these are the values which have inspired the FAAC Group throughout its history, right from its foundation in 1965. So many different chapters, all marked by a foresight and a pioneering spirit which represent the solid foundations on which the Group continues to build. 50 years on from its foundation, FAAC is taking the opportunity to celebrate these values, paying tribute to those who first set out new goals, embodying the very approach that has always distinguished the company, its employees and its partners. A recognition dedicated to an inventor and a pioneer who significantly improved our daily lives, initially in Italy and then all over the world. An innovative genius that Giuseppe Manini instilled and nurtured in FAAC right from its foundation, sensing that a successful and sustainable business is based on providing simple and effective solutions to our daily needs. Solutions which opened the doors to much, much more. FAAC SpA hydraulic operator beginning of the 70’s FAAC SAFE & GREEN. Innovation has new symbols. SAFE & GREEN is the FAAC answer for a new approach to the world of automatic systems FAAC, a pioneer in the world of automatic systems, launches new systems and solutions able to effectively respond to the topics for which it is very fond of: • The safety of the automated installations is fully compliant to EU norms and current standards • Reduction of energy consumption enables a lower environmental impact and, as a consequence, a quantifiable cost saving for the end user. FAAC SAFEzone. Everything is simpler, everything is safer. With SAFEzone FAAC identifies systems and/or devices that can simplify the realization of automation systems in compliance with the requirements of the current European Machinery Directive (MD 2006/42/EC). SAFEzone includes a range of FAAC solutions (Hydraulic and electromechanical operators with 24Vdc and 230Vac power supply) that, by means of the use of new control boards and/or new devices like the absolute encoder SAFEcoder (FAAC patent), allow not only the realization of new installations in compliance with the Euro Norm requirements, but also the up-grade of existing installations with no need to replace the automations already installed. SAFEcoder: the heart of safety The new absolute encoder SAFEcoder guarantees the overall movement control, the immediate obstacle detection and reverse on contact and offers the following advantages: • Can be installed on already existing FAAC swing-leaf gates installations, hydraulic and electromechanical, 230Vac and 24Vdc. • Can be installed on already existing FAAC installations (no need to modify the brackets or installations dimensions). • Allows you to automatically, and with extreme precision, set the deceleration and end travel positions with no need of electronic limit switches. • Avoid the motor to overpush against the end travel mechanical stops and, consequently, increases the lifetime of the installation and its duty cycle. • Gives the possibility to eliminate the mechanical travel stops by manually setting the stop positions, also for partial openings. • Avoids abnormal movements after power failure (the absolute encoder always keeps in memory the leaf position). 4 GREENTECH: the most natural choice for saving energy. With GREENTECH, FAAC identifies systems and/or devices which are a combination of latest generation electronics and mechanical innovations and innovative patented solutions that allow a significant reduction of energy consumption and on-going installation running costs such as: • • • • • Use of switching power supply devices with very high efficiency instead of traditional laminated or toroidal transformers on the control boards Use of high performance mechanical reductions (Cyclo - FAAC Patent) for sliding operators (mechanical efficiency = 80%, more than double compared to the traditional reductions) Optimization of opening and closing time (Energy Saving) of pedestrian automatic doors Electronic control boards enabling ‘Sleep Mode’ during standby in order to reduce power consum- ption when the automatic system is not working Absolute encoder SAFEcoder (FAAC Patent) reducing working time We aim to provide a better respect for the environment and to get a real cost advantage for the end user thanks to the quantifiable money saving of the installation running costs. These results have been achieved maintaining the high performance levels of FAAC automatic systems. All SAFEzone & GREENTECH systems and control boards have been identified with a specific logo: PRODUCT DATA SHEET EXAMPLE. Accessories or product combinations list enabling the automatic system to be identified as SAFEzone and/or GREENTECH. 5 FAAC The future has fifty years of history behind it Sixteen manufacturing plants, two electronic and one mechanical research departments, 32 subsidiaries in 24 countries, over eighty distributors all over the world: FAAC is the undisputed leader in automated systems for opening gates and garages and is a very important company in the European industrial system. We have a very wide range of products: • operators for swing-leaf gates; • gearmotors for sliding gates; • operators for up-and-over doors; •barriers; • automatic doors; • traffic bollards; • access control systems; • operators for shutters; • operators for rolling shutters and sun blinds. INNOVATION SAFETY In 1965 we introduced hydraulics in the gate opening sector and, through the years, we have perfected this technology, adapting it to a multiplicity of needs. Today FAAC automated systems satisfy both intensive use - just think of the millions of manoeuvres per year of motorway barriers - and economic use, as in the case of the 402 residential operator. We began making our own electronic equipment at the end of the Eighties: these include control units, radio controls, as well as safety and signalling systems. FAAC is always a step ahead in electronics too: we were the first to use microprocessors in control units, SMT technology as well as simplified self-learning in radio controls. FAAC has always given maximum attention to accident prevention and safety for gates and door automated systems. This awareness is proven by our "historic" choice of hydraulic technology, defined as the safest, and by conformity of our products to very latest European standards and also to European specifications for the CE mark. Before putting the CE mark on its products, FAAC arranged for an independent laboratory to test them, non just individually but in all their possible combinations in an installation. This means that, in FAAC's case, observing the European standards is not just paying lip-service through mere self-declaration but something evaluated by a recognised organisation. ORGANIZATION FAAC has strengthened itself through the years also in terms of in-house organization, with the aim of guiding and anticipating the development of the company, through its evolving organization structure. The lay-out of company divisions/posts and the creation of integrated company policies derive from various factors, which include: development of complex sales networks in over eighty countries, three production plants and direct branches in fourteen nations, overall work-force of more than one thousand employees (ca. 300 in Italy) and consolidated turnover of which over 60% is obtained abroad. 6 THE BOLOGNA HEADQUARTERS AND PLANT The company's headquarters and production plant are in Zola Predosa, in the industrial area of Bologna. Here the operators for automating the accesses are designed, built and tested. FAAC is organized in keeping with the model of leading modern industrial companies and its internal architecture, too, meets space functionality needs. A highly developed IT system manages all important aspects - technical, production, administrative and control - thus increasing overall response capacity and individual efficiency. The plant system, with its modern organization, provides output capacity of over 800,000 operators per year. FAAC's research in mechanics, hydraulics and digital electronics enables it to implement on-going MADE IN ITALY-IRELAND-FRANCE technical and technological renewal, assuring its undisputed position at the forefront of its sector. http://faac.ec/itofficehq THE FAAC ELECTRONICS LTD. PLANT IN DUBLIN FAAC ELECTRONICS Ltd. is based in Dublin, Eire. Here, its modern plant is addressed to research, design and production of electronic equipment on the leading-edge of technology. FAAC ELECTRONICS Ltd. became an integral part of the FAAC group at the end of the Eighties, specialising in the production of electronic access control units. The overall electronic production of FAAC is concentrated here: microprocessor control equipment, infra-red ray photocells, radio controls and coded opening systems. Close co-operation between the Bologna and Dublin design and research departments enables FAAC to offer systems with maximum integration of components and products, thus further enhancing overall quality and reliability. http://faac.ec/vireland 7 FAAC Quality improvement cycle Sales After-Sales Technical Service Feedback from network and end users Improvement actions Market surveys Sales Assistance FAAC Quality Sales Network Training Supplier Qualification Material procurement and assembly lines Suppliers Production with 100% inspections Project Validation Project checks Suppliers Prototype development and tests Market surveys Design Planning Product plan A rigorous Quality System FAAC's philosophy is based on quality. FAAC was certified according to the UNI EN ISO 9001 in February 1996. This certification proves the on-going committment of the company to reach increasingly ambitious goals of customer satisfaction while producing at competitive costs and within the planned timetables. 8 9 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFICATE Index Consultation guide Attention to your needs The FAAC catalogue/price list is easy to consult and helps you choose a FAAC product tailored to your needs. A colored path All the products in the FAAC catalogue/price list belong to “families”. To make consultation easier they are divided by color. KITS AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS AUTOMATIC BARRIERS ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS ACCESSORIES ACCESS CONTROL TRAFFIC BOLLARDS PARKING AUTOMATIC DOORS The advantages The FAAC catalogue/price list contains short explanations of characteristics and advantages offered by the FAAC products. Practical and easy to keep everything under control The catalogue/price list contains pictures, dimensional data and information on the available packages which enable you to keep all applications under control. Technical specifications You can find the technical specifications of each product, of the electronic equipment and of their accessories. Advices and information for customers With the explanatory tables you can help your customers make the best choice and give them all the information they need. Codes and prices The installation cost can be easily calculated using price in Euros and item code of each product or accessory. Description of symbols Electronic control board with integrated radio control decoding 10 Control board for accessories with two-wire cabling, FAAC proprietary protocol Control board compatible with external modules which allows the automated systems remote control Hydraulic operators with electric motor 24 V dc Double insulation motors START KITS Safe & Green Retrofit Kit Handy start kit 24V Energy kit 24V Cyclo Start kit C720 24V Cyclo Start kit C721 24V Eco Start kit 230V Trendy kit 230 V Leader kit 230V Hybrid 450 Kit 24V Delta 2 kit 230 V Delta 3 kit 230 V Pratico kit 230V Power start kit 24V AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES 391 Electro-mechanical operator with articulated arm for residential gates 24V 390 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V and 24V 412 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V 413 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V 415 Electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V and 24V S418 Low-voltage electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 24V 402 Hydraulic operator for residential gates 230V S450H for residential and condominium gates 24V 422 Hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 230V 400 Hydraulic operator for condominium and industrial gates 230V 770N Underground electro-mechanical operator for residential gates 230V and 24V 750 CP Underground hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 230V S800H Underground hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 24V S800H ENC Underground hydraulic operator for residential and condominium gates 24V AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES 740 - 741 Gearmotor for residential gates 230V C720 - C721 low-voltage gearmotor for residential (C720) and commercial (C721) gates 24V 746 ER Gearmotor for residential and condominium gates 230V 844 ER Gearmotor for condominium and industrial gates 230V 844 R 3PH Gearmotor for industrial gates 400V 844 R Reversible Gearmotor for condominium and industrial gates 230V 884 MC 3PH Gearmotor for industrial gates 400V C850 Gearmotor 230V Rack and chain for 746 - 844 page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page NEW page page page page 15 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 21 21 page page page page page page page page page page 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 22 24 26 30 32 34 38 40 42 44 46 48 52 54 56 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS D600 - D700HS - D1000 dolphinkits Electromechanically-driven operators 24V 540 Gearmotors for industrial sectional doors 230V 541 3PH Gearmotors for industrial sectional doors 230V page page page page 78 80 82 84 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS 550 Electro-mechanical operator for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for residential use 230V 580 Hydraulic operator for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for intensive use 230V page page page 86 88 90 11 Index AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS page R180N - R280N - 227L Gearmotors for spring balanced rolling shutters 230V AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR page AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS page 390 Electro-mechanical operator with telescopic arm 230V and 24V page 560 Hydraulic operator for bi-folding doors for intensive use 230V page 115V and winter versions page AUTOMATIC BARRIERS 615 BPR Automatic barrier 230V 617 Automatic electromechanical barrier 230V 620 STANDARD Automatic barrier 230V 620 RAPID Automatic barrier 230V 620 TT Automatic barrier 230V 620 SR Automatic barrier 230V 640 Automatic barrier 230V B680H Hybrid barrier 24V ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS Table of boards E045 E145 E024S E124 740 D E721 780 D 844 T 884 T E850 E600-E700 HS-E1000 540 BPR 200 MPS E550 596/615 BPR 624 BLD E680 JE275 SAFEcoder Enclosures page page p page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page 136 138 140 141 142 143 144 144 145 146 146 147 148 148 149 149 150 150 151 152 153 153 ACCESSORIES Transmitters and receivers 868MHz SLH LR Transmitters and receivers 433MHz SLH LR Transmitters and receivers SLHP LR/RC Control systems - simple pulse generators Control systems - electronic pulse generators Control systems - pulse generator for special applications - Miniservice Safety devices - photocells Safety devices - C TYPE device edge MSE 110W Safety devices - C TYPE device edge XS 55 Additional safety devices Other accessories - electric lock - leaf lock - mechanical stops - oil 154 156 158 160 162 163 165 166 168 169 170 171 ACCESS CONTROL MAG 100: Magnetic readers TAG 10: Proximity reader RESIST: Readers for pedestrian and vehicle gates page page page page 12 page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page 92 94 96 98 102 104 106 108 112 116 120 124 126 129 132 172 174 175 176 Minitime Viper 400: Control board Resist SA: Autonomous readers / keypads Minitime SA AT-4/868 AT-4 Cobra 5000 Plus Software and cards Accessplus page page page page page page page page page 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS J275 HA V2 J275 SA J275 F J355 M30-P1 HA J355 M30-P1 F J200 HA J200 SA J200 F 186 188 190 192 194 196 198 200 202 PARKING J call system page page page page page page page page page page page AUTOMATIC DOORS A100 COMPACT A140 AIR 950N page page page page 208 210 212 214 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE page 216 204 206 13 Kits Model • Safe&Green Retrofit kit • Handy Start kit 24V • Energy Start kit 24V • Cyclo Start kit C720 24V • Cyclo Start kit C721 24V • Eco Start kit 230V • Trendy Start kit 230V • Leader Start kit 230V • Hybrid Start kit 24V • Delta2 Start kit 230V • Delta3 Start kit 230V • Pratico Start kit 230V • Power Start kit 24V Pag. 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 21 21 Start kit Openable box in order to allow the customisation of the kit configuration according to specific requirement SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit Kit to upgrade the existing 230V installations For swing-leaf gates with electromechanical and hydraulic operators (excluding the following models: 390, 412, 750 CP and 770N) SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit E045 package includes: Qty. Description Code 1 E045 Control Board 790005 2 Absolute Magnetic BUS encoder SAFEcoder 404040 1 BUS XIB Interface 790062 1 Receiver XF 433 Mhz 319006 SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit E145 package includes: Qty. Description Code 1 E145 Control Board 790006 2 Absolute Magnetic BUS encoder SAFEcoder 404040 Models Item Code Price (euro) SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit 390106 398,00 SAFE&GREEN Retrofit kit E145 390113 340,00 16 Kits Handy Start kit 24V Content KIT Handy Start kit 24V Quantity 2 Electro-mechanical operator S418 24V 2 for residential swing gates with single-leaf max length of 2,3 m 2 1 E024S control board (code 790286) 1 Code kit Price € 10599893 707,00 Code kit Price € 10457593 690,00 Code kit Price € 10599993 350,00 Energy Start kit 24V Energy Start kit 24V Content Quantity 1 Electro-mechanical operator 391 E with operating arms for residential swing gates with Control Board incorporated 1 1 Electro-mechanical operator 391 for residential swing gates 1 Articulated arms 2 Cyclo Start kit 24V - C720 Cyclo Start kit 24V C720 Content Quantity 1 Electro-mechanical operator C720 for residential sliding gates with single-leaf max weight 400 kg 1 Foundation plate 1 17 Kits Cyclo Start kit 24V - C721 Cyclo Start kit 24V - C721 Content Quantity Electro-mechanical operator C721 for residential sliding gates with single-leaf max weight 400kg 1 Foundation plate 1 Code kit Price € 10599994 581,00 Code kit Price € 10563293 467,00 Code kit Price € 10441993 607,00 Eco Start kit Eco Start kit 230V Content Quantity 1 Electro-mechanical system 412 RH for residential swing gates 1 1 Electro-mechanical system 412 LH for residential swing gates 1 1 Enclosure for electronic control board (code 720119) 1 Trendy Start kit Trendy Start kit 230V Quantity 2 Electro-mechanical system 413 for residential swing gates 2 1 Enclosure for electronic control board (code 720119) 1 Content 18 Kits Leader Start kit 230V KIT Leader Start kit Quantity 2 Hydraulic operators 402 CBC for residential swing gates 2 1 Enclosure for electronic control board (code 720119) 1 Content Code kit Price € 10563393 785,00 Code kit Price € 10568393 1.204,00 Hybrid Start kit 24V Hybrid 450H Start kit 24V Content Quantity Swing leaf gate operators S450H for residential and condominium gates with max leaf length of 2 m (CBAC) 2 Electronic control board E024S with enclosure (code 790286) 1 19 Kits Delta 2 Start kit Delta 2 Start kit 230V Content Quantity 1 Gearmotor 740 E Z16 for residential sliding gates with Control Board 740D incorporated 1 foundation plate 1 Code kit Price € 10563093 363,00 Code kit Price € 10565493 500,00 Delta 3 Start kit Delta 3 Start kit 230V Content 20 Quantity 1 Gearmotor 741 E Z16 for residential sliding gates with Control Board 740D incorporated 1 foundation plate 1 Kits Pratico Start kit 230V Content 1 Gearmotor 746 ER Z16 for sliding gates with Control Board 780D incorporated KIT Pratico Start kit Quantity 1 Code kit Price € 10564993 607,00 Code kit Price € 10674793 1.036,00 1 Foundation plate Power Start kit 24V Power Start kit 24V Content Quantity Underground operators 770N 2 Control board E024S with enclosure (code 790286) 1 21 Type of installation external motor Residential 391 24V 390 230V 412 230V 413 230V Condominium 415 415 24V 415 L 415 L 24V S418 402 422 422 Industrial Leaf max length (m) S450H 400 400 2,50 3,00 1,80 2,50 3,00 3,00 4,00 (L) 4,00 (L) 2,30 1,80 1,80 (CBC) (CBAC) 3,00 (SBS) 2,20 (CBCCBACCBACLN) 3,00 (SB) 4,00 (SB) 7,00 (SBS) underground motor Residential 770N Condominium Leaf max 3,50 length (m) Max leaf weight (kg) 22 S450H 500 750 CP S800H S800H ENC 750 CP S800H S800H ENC 1,80 (CBAC) 2,00 (CBAC) 2,00 (CBAC) 2,50 (SB) 4,00 (SBW) 4,00 (SBW) 800 800 800 3,00 (SB) Automated systems for swing-leaf gates OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 23 391 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator with articulated arm 24V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 2 m (2.5 m with the electric lock) • Compact, elegant design. Width - the crucial overall dimension - is as little as 185 mm! • Versatile, simple installation. The articulated arm allows high flexibility for the installation dimensions, enabling use also on large pillars. • With the non-reversing operator, there is no need to install electro-mechanical closing devices. In case of a power cut, the rotation of the (key protected) release device alone, makes it possible to move the gate manually. • Built-in mechanical stops: no need to install opening and closing mechanical stops. • New control unit with anti-crushing device and virtual encoder with reverse function upon detection of obstacle. • Emergency battery to ensure operation in case of powercut (optional). GREENTECH System: 391 24V + E124 • IMPORTANT: to ensure correct operation, make sure that the distance between the gate hinge and any walls or lateral fencing is greater than 725 mm. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 391 Power supply Electric motor Absorbed power Max. torque Max. angular speed Max. leaf length * Max. leaf weight ** 391E 230 Vac 391E 391 / Use frequency at 20 °C Consecutive cycles at 20 °C 24 Vdc 120 W 40 W Protection class Operating ambient temperature Weight Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 250 Nm 13° sec 2.5 m See graph A 391 1:80 30 cycles/day IP 44 -20 °C to +55 °C 8.7 kg 185 x 260 x 310 * For leaves with a length exceeding 2 m, an electric lock must be fitted. ** The weight of the leaf depends on its length. On graph A, check if your leaf is in the zone shown in the graph. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description 2 3 A B 1 4 4 4 4 Low voltage cabling 1 cable 3x0,50 2 cables 2x0,50 1 cable 2x2,50 1 cable 2x1,50 Power cabling (230 V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 24 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TOTAL Operator 391 E with control board and articulated arm Operator 391 with articulated arm Receiver XF 433 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc Pair of photocells XP 20 BD Key-operated push-button T10 E Item code Price (euro) 104576 414,00 104577 319006 276,00 47,00 787007 410014 785103 401019001/36 35,00 47,00 74,00 38,00 931,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 391 Use Single-leaf max. lenght (m) 2 m (2.5 with electric lock) 2 m (2.5 with electric lock) 391 E 391 Use frequency (cycles/day) 80 80 Item code Price (euro) 104576 104577 414,00 276,00 Control unit EO24S included Not included AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model The 391 E package includes: an electro-mechanical operator with built-in control board and transformer, an articulated arm, a release key. The 391 package includes: an electro-mechanical operator, an articulated arm, a release key. CONTROL UNITS Control unit E 024S with enclosure Technical specifications page 142 Control unit E 124 with enclosure Technical specifications page 143 BUS XIB interface (if using E024S control board with non BUS photocells) Emergency battery support kit* (only for E 124) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790286 197,00 790284 307,00 790062 12,50 390926 15,50 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Faaclight Flashing lamp 24 Vdc Item code Price (euro) 410014 47,00 Pair of straight arms Item code Price (euro) Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not for E 124) Item code 390923 Price (euro) 93,00 738010 48,00 Plate for walling-in Item code Price (euro) 737403 41,00 XK 21 L 24 V Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release External release kit (only for XK 21 L 24 V) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401301 100,00 424001 26,50 Receiver XF433 Mhz Receiver XF868 Mhz Item code XF433 319006 Price (euro) 47,00 Item code XF868 319007 Price (euro) 47,00 Graph A Notes • For a single-leaf gate, use a 391 E operator. For a double-leaf gate, use a 391 E operator and a 391 operator. • IMPORTANT: Thanks to the new technologies, the E024S control board is compatible only with receiver XF 433/XF 868 (facility for a connector) and with the XP20 B D (“bus” connection) photocells. • (*) The 2 Pb standard batteries are not supplied by FAAC. 12 V/4Ah needed. Dimensions: 90X70X108 mm OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 25 390 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator with articulated arm 230V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of 1.8 m (3 m with electric lock), for bi-folding doors with 1.5 m maximum width of single panel 230V GREENTECH System: 390 230V + E045 or E145 • Non reversing operator, does not require electric lock up to 1.8 m. • Maximum anti-crushing safety thanks to an exclusive electronic device. • Emergency battery to ensure operation in case of powercut (optional). • Option to add bus XIB interface for applications using no bus devices. • IMPORTANT: to ensure correct operation, make sure that the distance between the gate hinge and the pillar edge is max 300 mm. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 390 230V Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Reduction ratio Angle speed 26 390 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 280 W 1,2 A 960 r.p.m. 1:700 8°/s Max. torque Thermal protection on motor winding Operating ambient temperature Protection class Weight Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 390 250 Nm 140°C -20°C ÷ +55°C IP 44 11,5 kg 410 x 130 x 130 390 - 230V Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 1,80 (3 with electric lock) Use frequency (cycles/hour) 15 Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included 104570 330,00 The package 390 - 230V contains: an electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V, a release key. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 390 - 230V Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling cable 3x0,50 cable 2x0,50 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 Power cabling (230 V) cable 3x1,50 +T cable 2x1,5 +T cable 2x1,5 Item code Price (euro) 2 Operators 390 - 230V 104570 660,00 2 Articulated arms 738705 194,00 1 Flashing lamp Faaclight 230 V 410013 37,00 1 Key-operated push-button T10 E 401019001-36 38,00 1 Control board E045 790005 182,00 1 Enclosure mod. E 720119 17,00 1 Receiver XF433 Mhz 319006 47,00 1 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD 785103 74,00 1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Total 35,00 1.284,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 27 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model 390 RESIDENTIAL CONTROL UNITS 230V Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 ACCESSORIES FOR 230V Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 28 720118 25,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 Articulated arm Item code Price (euro) 738705 97,00 Telescopic arm (application for folding doors) External release device with cable and sheath* Length 5 m Single limit switch kit (opening or closing)** Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 738706 66,00 XK21L 24 V - Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release BUS XIB interface (in case you use E024S or E045 with non bus photocells) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401301 100,00 401057 45,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR BOTH OPERATORS 390682 9,00 790062 12,50 Notes * To be used with key-operated push-buttons XK21 L24V or T21 EF or T21 IF (see page 166). ** The operators 390 can be equipped with an opening and closing travel limit device. For 390 with electronic limit devices E145 control panel must be used. • IMPORTANT: The operator 390 must be provided with an articulated arm (swing leaf gate) or with a telescopic arm (for folding doors). OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 29 412 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator 230V for swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of 1.8 m SAFEzone System: 412 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder GREENTECH System: 412 + E045 or E145 • Non reversing operator, does not require electric lock. • Applications with lower manoeuvring intensity. • Simplified installation and maintenance. • Anti-crushing safety thanks to the electronic device. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 412 Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Rod extension speed Rod stroke Traction and thrust force Thermal protection on motor winding Operating ambient temperature Protection class Weight Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 280 W 1.5 A 1400 r.p.m. 1.5 cm/s 290 mm 0 to 320 daN 140 °C -20 °C to +55 °C IP 44 6.5 kg 1000 x 90 x 195 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 30 TOTAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Operator 412 RH Operator 412 LH Control board E045 Enclosure mod. E Receiver board RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E Item code 104470 104471 790005 720119 787824 787007 410013 785165 401019001/36 Price (euro) 225,00 225,00 182,00 17,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 62,00 38,00 880,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 1.80 1.80 412 RH 412 LH Item code Price (euro) 104470 104471 225,00 225,00 Use frequency (cycles/hour) 18 18 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES 412 The package contains: an electro-mechanical operator (RH or LH), installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V. CONTROL UNITS Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 790006 252,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Plate for walling-in Extra release key Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737604 10,00 Safe coder for 412 operator (Faac patent) 713009 2.50 Item code Price (euro) S NEW 404041 58,00 Notes • The right leaf version (RH and LH) can be determined by looking from the inside of the property. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 31 413 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator 230V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 1.8 m (2.5 m with electric lock) 230V SAFEzone System: 413 230V + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder 230V GREENTECH System: 413 230V + E045 or E145 • “Off axis” thrust operator. • Integrated opening and closing mechanical stops (the travel limit mechanical stops need not be installed). • Die-cast aluminium body, entirely double-coat painted for longer life. • Manual release device with simplified key-protected activation. • Horizontal exit for cables to allow near to ground installation (low installation). DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 413 Power supply Power Current Thermal protection Capacitor Thrust Rod stroke Rod extension speed 413 230 Vac 250 W 1.1 A 140 °C 6.3 µf 200 daN 300 mm (350 mm without mechanical stops) 1.6 cm/sec Leaf max. width (*) Type and frequency of use at 20 °C Indicative minimum hourly cycles at 20 °C Operating ambient temperature Weight of operator Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Protection class Travel limit microswitches Opening and closing mechanical stops 413 2.5 m S3 - 30% ~30 -20 °C to +55 °C 6.5 kg 785 x 105 x 148 IP 44 NO YES (*) Use of the electric lock is recommended over 1.80 m EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 32 TOTAL 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Operator 413 Control board E045 Enclosure mod. E Receiver board RP 455 D Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E Item code 104413 790005 790917 787824 787007 410013 785165 401019001/36 Price (euro) 590,00 182,00 17,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 62,00 38,00 1.020,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 1,80 (2,5 with electric lock) 413 - 230V Use frequency (cycles/hour) 30 Equipment electronic Item code Price (euro) Not included 104413 295,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model The package contains: one electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 6.3µF 400V. CONTROL UNITS ACCESSORIES Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) 790006 252,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 S NEW Enclosure mod. LM for control boards SAFEcoder absolute encoder Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC) XK 21 L 24V Burglar-resistant keyselector with lever release BUS interface XIB (if you use E045 board with photocell BUS) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720309 39,00 404040 58,00 401301 100,00 790062 12,50 Plate for walling-in Item code Price (euro) 737604 10,00 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 33 415 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator 230V and 24V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 2,5 m (415) and 3 m (415L) - 3 m and 4 m respectively with electric lock 24V SAFEzone System: 415 24V + E024S or E124 230V SAFEzone System: 415 230V + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder 24V GREENTECH System: 415 24V + E124 230V GREENTECH System: 415 230V + E045 or E145 • “In-axis” thrust operator. • Available in versions with a 300 mm (max leaf 3 m) and 400 mm (max leaf 4 m) rod stroke. • Die-cast aluminium body, entirely double-coat painted for longer life. • Manual release device with simplified key-protected activation. • 24 Vdc power supply to travel limit devices (if present) for maximum safety, with facility for controlling travel limit stops and slow-down. • Horizontal exit for cables to allow near to ground installation (low installation). • Emergency battery to ensure operation in case of powercut (optional 24V). DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 415 - 230V 415 Power supply Power Current Thermal protection Capacitor Thrust Rod stroke Rod extension speed 415 L 230 Vac 300 W 1.3 A 140 °C 8 µF 300 daN 300 mm 400 mm 1.6 cm/sec Leaf max. width (*) Type and frequency of use at 20 °C Indicative minimum hourly cycles at 20 °C Operating ambient temperature Weight of operator Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Protection class Travel limit microswitches 415 415 L 3 m* 4 m** S3-30% S3-30% ~30 ~25 -20 °C to +55 °C 7.8 Kg 8 Kg 835 x 105 x 148 940 x 105 x 148 IP 54 NO DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 415 - 24 V 415 Power supply Power Current Thrust Stem travel Rod speed Leaf width max. (*) 415 L 24 Vdc 70 W 3A 280 daN 300 mm 400 mm 1,6 cm/sec 3 m* 4 m** Type and frequency of use at 20 ° C Cycles per hour max. indicative at 20 ° C Operating ambient temperature actuator weight Dimensions (W x D x H) in mm Protection class Limit switches (*) Use of the electric lock is recommended over 2.5 m. (**) Use of the electric lock is recommended over 3 m. 34 415 415 L Continuous use ~30 ~25 -20°C ÷ +55°C 7,8 Kg 8 Kg 835 x 105 x 148 940 x 105 x 148 IP 54 NO NO 415 Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 2,5 (3 m with electric lock) Use frequency (cycles/hour) 30 Equipment electronic Item code Price (euro) Not included 104415 282,00 415 L 3,0 (4 m with electric lock) 25 Not included 104417 308,00 415 - 24V 2,5 (3 m with electric lock) continuous use Not included 1044151 326,00 3 (4 m with electric lock) continuous use Not included 1044171 351,00 415 L - 24V AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model The package includes: an electromechanical actuator, installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8μF 400V. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 415 - 230V Ref Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling cable 3x0,50 cable 2x0,50 Item code 2 Actuators 415 104415 1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 230 V 410013 1 Key switch T10 E 401019001-36 1 Electronic card E045 790005 1 Enclosure mod. And for electronic boards 720119 1 Receiver XF433 MHz 319006 1 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD 785103 1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Power cabling (230 V) cable 3x1,50+T cable 2x1,5+T cable 2x1,5 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 415 - 24V Ref Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling cable 3x0,50 cable 2x0,50 cable 2x1,5 cable 2x2,50 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 Item code 2 Actuators 415 24 V 1044151 1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 24 V 410014 1 Key switch T10 E 401019001-36 1 Unit E 024S with container 790286 1 Receiver XF433 MHz 319006 1 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD 785103 1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Power cabling (230 V) cable 2x1,5 +T Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 35 415 RESIDENTIAL CONTROL BOARDS FOR 230V Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 ACCESSORIES FOR 230V S NEW Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards SAFEcoder absolute encoder Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 CONTROL BOARDS FOR 24V Control unit E 124 with enclosure Tech. specifications page 143 Control unit E 024S with enclosure Tech. specifications page 142 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790284 307,00 790286 197,00 ACCESSORIES FOR 24V Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not compatible with E 124) Battery support kit Emergency * (specific for E 124) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 36 390923 93,00 390926 15,50 720309 39,00 404040 58,00 XK 21 L 24V burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release BUS interface XIB (if you use E024S or E045 board with non photocell BUS) Plate for walling-in Rod cover (rod stroke 300 mm) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401301 100,00 790062 12,50 737604 10,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR BOTH OPERATORS 727525 24,00 Notes • * The 2 standard lead batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have current / voltage 12V/4Ah. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 37 S418 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator 24V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 2.3 m (2.7 m with electric lock) SAFEzone System: S418 + E024S or E124 GREENTECH System: S418 + E124 • Opening and closing mechanical stops. • Effective stroke 350 mm. • New "multi-position" fixing bracket for non-welded installation. • New control unit with anti-crushing device and virtual encoder with reverse function upon detection of obstacle. • Ideal for pedestrian applications. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF S418 Power supply Power Current Max. thrust** Rod stroker Rod extension speed 24 Vdc 35 W 1.5 A 180 daN 350 mm (390 mm without mechanical stops) 1.8 cm/s Leaf max. width Operating ambient temperature Weight Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Protection class Travel limit microswitches Opening and closing mechanical stops 2,7 m* -20° C ÷ +55° C 6 kg 825x104x125 IP 54 NO YES (*) use of the electric lock is compulsory over 2.30 m to guarantee the automatic block (**) with board E124. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref Q.ty Description 2 1 Operators S418-24 Vdc Control unit E 024S with enclosure 1 1 1 1 1 Frequency module XF 433 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc Pair of photocells XP 20BD Key-operated push-button T10 E Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections are in mm2 38 TOTAL Item code Price (euro) 104301 790286 510,00 197,00 319006 787007 410014 785103 401019001/36 47,00 35,00 47,00 74,00 38,00 948,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Single leaf max. width (m) 2.3 (2.7 with electric lock) S418 - 24 Vdc Frequency of use (%) Continuous use Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included 104301 255,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES S418 - 24 Vdc The packages include: an electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, release key. CONTROL UNITS Control unit E 024S with enclosure Tech. specifications page 142 Control unit E 124 with enclosure Tech. specifications page 143 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790286 197,00 790284 307,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Emergency battery support kit (*) (only for E 124) Item code Price (euro) 390926 15,50 BUS XIB interface (if E024S board is used with non BUS photocells) Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not for E 124) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790062 12,50 390923 93,00 Notes • (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries are not supplied by FAAC. Voltage/current of 12 V/4Ah needed. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 39 402 RESIDENTIAL Hydraulic operator 230V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 1.8 m (402 CBC) and 3 m (402 SBS) SAFEzone System: 402 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder GREENTECH System: 402 + E045 or E145 • Highly compact, ideal for installations where space is at a premium. • Anti-corrosion cover with high weather resistance. • Versions CBC (with closing block) and SBS (without slow block). DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 402 Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Rod extension speed Pump flow rate Traction and thrust force 402 CBC 402 SBS 230 Vac 50 (60) Hz 220 W 1A 1400 r.p.m. 1.3 cm/s 1 cm/s 1 l/min 0.75 l/min 0 to 500 daN 0 to 690 daN Operating ambient temperature Thermal protection on motor winding Weight Type of oil Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 402 CBC 402 SBS -20 °C to +55 °C 120 °C 6.5 kg FAAC HP OIL IP 55 959 x 85 x 61 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 40 TOTAL 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Operator 402 CBC Control board E045 Enclosure mod. E Receiver board RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E Item code 104468 790005 720119 787824 787007 410013 785165 401019001/36 Price (euro) 768,00 182,00 17,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 62,00 38,00 1.198,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 1.80 3.00 402 CBC 402 SBS Use frequency (cycles/hour) 55 55 Item code Price (euro) 104468 104474 384,00 382,00 The 402 CBC package includes: a hydraulic operator with closing hydraulic block, installation accessories, a triangular release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V. The 402 SBS package includes: a hydraulic operator without closing hydraulic block, installation accessories, a triangular release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V. CONTROL UNITS Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards BUS XIB interface (if E024S board is used with non BUS photocells) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 790062 12,50 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES S NEW Plate for walling-in Extra triangular release key SAFEcoder absolute encoder Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC) Union for sheath RTA Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737604 10,00 713002 1,50 404040 58,00 710010 3,50 Notes • An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 41 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES 402 S450H RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Hydraulic operator 24 V for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single leaf max. width of 3 m (SB) and 2 m (CBAC) SAFEzone System: S450H + E024S or E124 GREENTECH System: S450H + E124 • Hybrid technology • Integrated encoder with anti-crushing function and reverse upon detection of obstacle • Useful stroke 311 mm • New “multi-position” fixing bracket for non-welded applications • Opening/Closing mechanical stops standard supplied DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS S450H 24 Vdc Power supply Electric motor Power Current Max. thrust* Rod stroke Max. rod extension speed (adjustable)* 230 Vac 24 Vdc 60 W 7A >500 da N 311 mm >2,5 cm/s. Frequency of use Operating ambient temperature Weight Type of oil Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm continuous use -20°C to +55°C 6,5 kg FAAC HP OIL IP 55 1113x85x119 (*) With board E124. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 5 Ref Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 1 cable 2x0.75 2 cables 2x0.75 1 cable 2x0.50 1 cable 3x0.75 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 42 Price (euro) 2 Operator S450H 104100 998,00 1 Control unit EO24S with enclosure 790286 197,00 319006 787007 410014 785103 401019001/36 47,00 35,00 47,00 74,00 38,00 1,436.00 1 1 1 1 1 TOTAL Item code Frequency module XF 433 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR FAACLIGHT flashing lamp 24 Vdc Pair of photocells XP 20 BD Key-operated push-button T10E Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Single leaf max. width (m) 2 3 S450H CBAC S450H SB Frequency of use (%) Continuous use Continuous use Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included Not included 104100 104101 499,00 478,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES S450H - 24 V dc The packages include: a hydraulic operator, installation accessories, a release key. CONTROL UNITS Control unit E 024S Tech. specifications page 142 Control unit E 124 Tech. specifications page 143 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790286 197,00 790284 307,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Emergency battery support kit (*) (only for E 124) BUS XIB interface (if E024S board is used with non-BUS photocell) Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Union for sheath RTA Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code 712501001 to 712501036 Price (euro) 14,00 Item code Price (euro) 390926 15,50 790062 12,50 710010 3,50 Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not for E 124) Item code Price (euro) 390923 93,00 Notes (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries are not supplied by FAAC. Voltage/current of 12V/4Ah needed. Dimensions: 90x70x108mm OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 43 422 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Hydraulic operator 230V for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max width of 1.8 m (422 CBAC) and 3 m (422 SB) SAFEzone System: 422 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder GREENTECH System: 422 + E045 or E145 • Front attachment with spherical joint. • Anti-corrosion cover with high weather resistance. • Key protected, release device. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 422 422 CBAC Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Rod extension speed Pump flow rate Traction and thrust force Operating ambient temperature Thermal protection on motor winding Weight Type of oil Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 422SB 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 220 W 1A 1400 r.p.m. 1 cm/s 0.75 l/min 0 to 690 daN -20 °C to +55 °C 120 °C 7 kg FAAC HP OIL IP 55 987 x 120 x 85 mm - pedestrian 827 x 120 x 85 mm 1.3 cm/s 1 l/min 0 to 500 daN EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 44 TOTAL 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Operator 422 CBAC Control board E045 Enclosure mod. L Receiver board RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E Item code 104200 790005 720118 787824 787007 410013 785165 401019001/36 Price (euro) 1.060,00 182,00 25,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 62,00 38,00 1.498,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 1.80 3.00 422 CBAC 422 SB Item code Price (euro) 104200 104212 530,00 490,00 Use frequency (cycles/hour) 55 55 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES 422 - 422 PED. The 422 packages contain: a hydraulic operator with opening/closing hydraulic block (422 CBAC), without block (422 SB), installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V. CONTROL UNITS Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720309 39,00 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) 790006 252,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES S NEW Plate for walling-in Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 SAFEcoder absolute encoder Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC) Union for sheath RTA Item code Price (euro) Item code 712501001 to 712501036 Price (euro) 14,00 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737604 10,00 404040 58,00 710010 3,50 Notes • An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 45 400 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Hydraulic operator 230V for condominium and industrial swing-leaf gates SAFEzone System: 400 + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder GREENTECH System: 400 + E045 or E145 • Wide and versatile range for heavy industrial gates or gates with high use frequency • Hydraulic block resistant to intrusion attempts (mod. CBC – CBAC) • Very silent movement • Key-protected release device DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 400 400 CBC Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Rod extension speed Pump flow rate Traction and thrust force Operating ambient temperature Thermal protection on motor winding Weight Type of oil Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 400 CBAC 400 SB 400 SBS 400CBAC LN 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 220 W 1A 1400 r.p.m. 1 cm/s 0.75 cm/s 1.5 cm/s 1 l/min 0.75 l/min 1.5 l/min 0 to 620 daN 0 to 775 daN 0 to 465 daN -20 °C to +55 °C 120 °C 8.6 kg 10 kg FAAC HP OIL IP 55 1,031 x 113 x 85 mm - long version 1,285 x 113 x 85 mm EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 5 Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 46 TOTAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Operator 400 SBS Control board E045 Enclosure mod. L Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of FOTOSWITCH photocells 2 2 1 3 1 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH Foundation plates for columns Key-operated push-button T10 Plastic enclosure to be walled in Electric lock 1 Pillar mounted counter strike Item code Price (euro) 104203 790005 720118 787824 787007 410013 785152 656,00 182,00 25,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 154,00 401028 737630 401010001/36 720086 712650+ 712651001/36+ 712652001/36 712990 76,00 20,00 36,00 7,50 60,00 16,50 16,50 7,00 1.387,50 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 400 Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 2.20 4.00 7.00 2.20 2.20 400 CBC 400 SB 400 SBS 400 CBAC 400 CBAC long Use frequency (cycles/hour) 70 70 60 70 50 Item code Price (euro) 104205 104206 104203 104201 104202 663,00 641,00 656,00 689,00 784,00 Control unit Not included Not included Not included Not included Not included AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model The 400 packages contain: a hydraulic operator with closing hydraulic block (400 CBC), without hydraulic block (400 SB), without hydraulic block for heavy or panelled leaves (400 SBS), a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening/closing (400 SBAC and CBAC LN), a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening and closure, installation accessories, a release key, a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V. CONTROL UNITS Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code 720118 Price (euro) 25,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Item code 720119 Price (euro) 17,00 Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code 720309 Price (euro) 39,00 Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES S NEW Union for sheath RTA Plate for walling-in Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 SAFEcoder absolute encoder Magnetic bus (Patent FAAC) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code 712501001 to 712501036 Price (euro) 14,00 Item code Price (euro) 710010 3,50 737604 10,00 404040 58,00 FIG. 1 d Positive Stop - mechanical stops at opening/closing (can be integrated on the 400 mod.) Positive Stop - mechanical stops at opening/closing (can be integrated on the long 400 mod.) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490042 83,00 490043 96,00 80 mm < d < 150 mm Notes • An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility. • Use the 400 long models to avoid niches on the masonry pilasters (FIG.1). • The operator with block facility is not recommended when there is no access to the manual release device (panelled leaves or no other access to the property). OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 47 770N RESIDENTIAL Underground electro-mechanical operator 230V and 24V for residential swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of 3.50 m and max weight of 500 kg See graph on page 50 • Invisible operator • Ability to access the operator without removing the leaf • Protection class IP 67 • Irreversible (230V) • New electronic control with anti-crushing device and virtual encoder inversion on obstacles (24V) • Emergency battery for operation in the absence of voltage (24V optional). 24V SAFEzone System: 770 24V+ E024S or E124 230V SAFEzone System: 770 230V + E045 or E145 + SAFEcoder 24V GREENTECH System: 770 24V + E124 230V GREENTECH System: 770 230V + E045 or E145 DIMENSIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS 770N 230V AND 24V 770N 230V Reduction ratio Power supply Power Consumption Current consumption Thermal protection on motor Max torque Angular speed Type and frequency of use at 20 ° C Max opening angle door Maximum leaf width Weight Protection class Operator dimensions Operating ambient temperature Casing dimensions 48 770N 24V 1:1418 230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 Hz 380 W 1,7 A 140° C 330 Nm 24 Vdc 70 W 3A 300 Nm (770 N 330 Nm) 6°/sec S3 - 30% 100% 110 ° (140 ° and 180 ° with optional kit) 3.5 m (110 °), 3 m (with optional opening kit 180 °), 2.5 m (with optional opening kit 140 °) 12 kg (with casing 14 kg) IP 67 360x150x140 mm -20°C ÷ +55°C 430 x 307,5 x 214 mm 770N 230V 770N - 24V Single-leaf max. width (m) 2,0 - (3,5 with electric lock) 2,0 - (3,5 with electric lock) Use Max. weight (kg) 500 500 Use frequency (cycles/hour)) 20 Continue use Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included Not included 10675201 10675301 419,00 419,00 The packaging of the operator 770N includes an electromechanical operator, transmission leverage, a thrust capacitor 12.5 uF 400V. The package includes the operator 24VDC 770N: an electromechanical operator, installation accessories, two release keys. The carrier case package includes: a carrier case, a stainless steel lid, a support bracket leaf with system lever release, two release keys, installation accessories. (*) See graph on next page. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 770N 230V Ref Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling cable 3x0,50 cable 2x0,50 Power cabling (230 V) cable 3x1,50+T cable 2x1,5+T cable 2x1,5 Item code 2 Actuators 770 N - 230 V 10675201 2 Casing with release system (patented) 490065 1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 230 V 410013 1 Key switch T10 401010001-36 1 Electronic card E045 790005 1 Enclosure mod. And for electronic boards 720119 1 Receiver XF433 MHz 319006 2 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD 785103 2 Column (max. height 628 mm) 401039 2 Foundation plate for column SAFEBEAM 737637 1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 770N 24V Ref Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling cable 3x0,50 cable 2x0,50 cable 2x1,5 cable 2x2,50 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 Item code 2 Actuators 770 N - 24 V 10675301 2 Casing with release system (patented) 490065 1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 24 V 410014 1 Key switch T10 401010001-36 1 Unit E 024S with container 790286 1 Receiver XF433 MHz 319006 2 Pair of photocells XP 20 BD 785103 2 Column (max. height 628 mm) 401039 2 Foundation plate for column SAFEBEAM 737637 1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Power cabling (24 V) cable 2x1,5+T ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (ie: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined on the basis of “risk analysis” of each specific installation (Ref.: UNI-EN European Standards 12445 and 12453). The indicated price does not include the costs for the installation and for the preparation of masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 49 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model 770N RESIDENTIAL CONTROL UNITS FOR 230V Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 ACCESSORIES FOR 230V Enclosure mod. LM for electronic boards Item code Price (euro) Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 Leaf mt. 720309 39,00 Enclosure mod. E for electronic boards Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 CONTROL UNITS FOR 24V Control unit E 024S Tech. specifications page 142 Control unit E 124 Tech. specifications page 143 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790286 197,00 790284 307,00 ACCESSORIES FOR 24V Leaf mt. Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not for E 124) Emergency battery support kit (*) (only for E 124) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 50 390923 93,00 390926 15,50 BUS XIB interface (if E024S or E045 board is used with non-BUS photocell) Release lock with customized key Stainless steel casing with release system (patented) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790062 12,50 712104001-36 11,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR BOTH OPERATORS 490110 295,00 Kit 140 ° opening NEW Casing with release system (patented) Group encoder for 770N Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490065 174,00 390612 66,00 Kit 180 ° opening 404035 62,00 Internal mechanical stop in opening Internal mechanical stop closing Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 722121 19,50 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490111 205,00 722122 46,00 Notes • WARNING: The operator 770N must be accompanied with a carrier case. For a two-leaf gate operators to provide two, two self supporting casings and a control unit. *** The 2 standard lead batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have current / voltage 12V/4Ah. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm (24V) OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 51 750 CP RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Underground hydraulic operator 230V for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf max weight of 800 kg GREENTECH System: 750 CP + E045 or E145 • Invisible, quiet operator, consisting of one underground unit and a control unit. • The ideal solution for large antique doors of artistic significance, leaves up to 3.5 m. • Facilitated installation thanks to the carrier case. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 750 750 CBAC Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Operating ambient temperature Protection class Thermal protection on motor winding Weight Type of oil Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 750 SB 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 220 W 1A 1400 r.p.m. 0.75 l/min -20 °C to +55 °C IP 55 120 °C 7.5 kg FAAC HP OIL carrier case 420 x 254.5 x 205 mm - control unit 353 x 245.6 x 141.5 mm TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF HYDRAULIC JACK Rotation maximum angle Angle speed Protection class Effective torque 100° opening 118° 180° opening 200° 5.2°/s (750 SBS) - 7.8°/s (750 CBAC-SB) IP 67 543 Nm (750 CBAC-SB) EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description 2 2 2 2 kg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 TOTAL Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 52 750 CBAC Motors 100° opening jacks Carrier cases Copper pipe Control board E045 Enclosure mod. L Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH Key-operated push-button T10 Plastic enclosure to be walled in Item code 107720 108759 490071 7365011 790005 720118 787824 787007 410013 785152 401010001/36 720086 Price (euro) 734,00 708,00 274,00 46,00 182,00 25,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 77,00 36,00 7,50 2.220,50 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 750 CP Operator 750 CBAC Operator 750 SB 100° opening jack 180° opening jack Single-leaf max. width (m) 1.80 2.50 / / Use Max. weight (kg) / / 800 800 Use frequency (cycles/hour) 45 45 / / Item code Price (euro) 107720 107721 108759 108760 367,00 326,00 354,00 406,00 Control unit Not included Not included Not included Not included AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model The jack packages include: a hydraulic jack, oil bottle to fill the pipes. The 750 control unit packages include: a hydraulic control unit with hydraulic block at opening/closing (750 CBAC), without block (750 SB) and a thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V. The carrier case package includes: a carrier case in steel, a cover in stainless steel, a grooved bush and installation accessories. CONTROL UNITS Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Enclosure mod. E for control boards Release lock with key Ø 6x8 mm copper pipe (20 kg coils 1 kg corresponds to about 5 m) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720309 39,00 720119 17,00 712805 14,00 7365011 23,00 ACCESSORIES FOR HOSES Carrier case Item code Price (euro) 490071 137,00 Complete unions (packg. of 4 and packg. of 40) Hose composed of 10 m and coil of 100 m - Ø 4x8 mm 4 unions code Price (euro) 40 unions code Price (euro) 10 m hose code Price (euro) 100 m hose code Price (euro) 390421 26,50 390440 209,00 390422 48,00 390439 406,00 Notes • IMPORTANT: The CP jacks must be supplied with a carrier case. • An electric lock should be installed for the jacks without a block facility. • The operator with block facility is not recommended when there is no access to the manual release device (panelled leaves or no other access to the property). • You’ll need the following for a twoleaf gate: two operators, two Mod. LM. enclosures, two carrier cases, two jacks CP, a control unit and, if necessary, an electric lock. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 53 S800H RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Underground hydraulic operator 24V for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of 4 m and max weight of 800 kg • Continuous use frequency • Integrated magnetic encoder with bus “2Easy” (non polarized two wire connection). • Thanks to the positive stops integrated, there is no need to install opening and closing mechanical stops on the ground. FAAC PATENT. • Hybrid technology. • Service release device. • Easier handling and installation thanks to the integrated handles. FAAC PATENT. • SBW actuators for use in areas subject to strong winds. SAFEZONE System: S800H + E024S or E124 GREENTECH System: S800H + E124 DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF S 800 H S 800 H CBAC Power supply Electric motor Absorbed power Max. torque Angle speed max Operating ambient temperature Operator weight Type of oil Max opening angle Protection class Type of slow down Leaf max width Frequency of use Hydraulic block S 800 H SBW 230 Vac 24 Vdc 60 W (*) 500 Nm (with E024S control board) - 600 Nm (with E124 control board) 5.5°/s (with E024S control board) - 8.2°/s (with E124 control board) -20 °C to +55 °C 13.2 kg/17.0 kg (180°) FAAC HP OIL 113° 187° IP 67 electronic 2m 4m continuous use installed not installed (*) for each single operator. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 54 TOTAL 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 Operators S 800 H CBAC 100° Carrier cases S 800 H Hydraulic release device Grooved Joint kit Control unit E024S Receiver XF 433 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc Pair of photocells XP 20 B D Aluminium columns Foundation plates for columns Key-operated push-button T10 Item code 108710 490112 390035 390972 790286 319006 787007 410014 785103 401039 737637 401010001/36 Price (euro) 1.506,00 340,00 200,00 156,00 197,00 47,00 35,00 47,00 74,00 60,00 12,00 36,00 2.710,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. S800H S800H CBAC 100° (discontinuing) S800H CBAC 180° (discontinuing) S800H SBW 100° (discontinuing) S800H SBW 180° (discontinuing) Single-leaf max. width (m) 2.00 2.00 4.00 4.00 Use Max. weight (kg) 800 800 800 800 Item code Price (euro) 108710 108712 108714 108715 753,00 806,00 753,00 806,00 Control unit Use frequency (cycles/hour) Continuous use Continuous use Continuous use Continuous use Not included Not included Not included Not included AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES Model The packages contain: a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening/closing (CBAC), a magnetic encoder, release and setting key. The carrier case package includes: a carrier case in cataphoresis treated aluminium with anti-rotation pin, a cover in polished stainless steel. CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Control unit E 124 Technical specifications page 143 Control unit EO24S Technical specifications page 142 Item code Price (euro) 790286 197,00 Item code Price (euro) 790284 307,00 Emergency battery support kit * (only for E124) Item code Price (euro) 390926 15,50 Hydraulic release system (to be used with 390972) for CBAC or SBW operators Item code 390035 Price (euro) 100,00 Grooved joint kit (*) (to be used with code 390035) Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Item code 712501001 to 712501036 Price (euro) 14,00 Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not for E 124) Release lock with customised key from no.1 to no. 36 for hydraulic release BUS XIB interface (if E024S board is used with non-BUS photocell) Stainless steel carrier case Carrier case Item code Price (euro) 490112 170,00 Item code Price (euro) 490113 316,00 Codice articolo 390972 Prezzo (euro) 78,00 Item code 71209101 to 71209136 Price (euro) 16,50 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390923 93,00 Note • (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have 12V/4Ah – 90x70x108 mm voltage/current 790062 12,50 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 55 S800H ENC RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Underground hydraulic operator 24V for residential and condominium swing-leaf gates with single-leaf width of 4 m and max weight of 800 kg • Continuous use frequency • Absolute integrated magnetic encoder with bus “2Easy” (non polarized two wire connection). NEWS. • Thanks to the positive stops integrated, there is no need to install opening and closing mechanical stops on the ground. FAAC PATENT. • Hybrid technology. • Service release device. • Easier handling and installation thanks to the integrated handles. FAAC PATENT. • SBW actuators for use in areas subject to strong wind. SAFEZONE System: S800H ENC + E024S or E124 GREENTECH System: S800H ENC + E124 DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF S800H ENC S800H ENC CBAC Power supply Electric motor Absorbed power Max. torque Angle speed max Operating ambient temperature Operator weight Type of oil Max opening angle Protection class Type of slow down Leaf max width Frequency of use Hydraulic block S800H ENC SBW 230 Vac 24 Vdc 60 W (*) 500 Nm (with E024S control board) - 600 Nm (with E124 control board) 5.5°/s (with E024S control board) - 8.2°/s (with E124 control board) -20 °C to +55 °C 13.2 kg FAAC HP OIL 113° 187° IP 67 electronic 2m 4m continuous use installed not installed (*) for each single operator. EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.50 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 2 cables 3x1.50+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B.: Cable sections in mm2 56 TOTAL 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 Operators S800H ENC CBAC 100° Carrier cases Hydraulic release device Grooved Joint kit Control unit E024S Receiver XF 433 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 24 Vdc Pair of photocells XP 20 B D Aluminium columns Foundation plates for columns Key-operated push-button T10 Item code 108720 490112 390035 390972 790286 319006 787007 410014 785103 401039 737637 401010001/36 Price (euro) 1.606,00 340,00 200,00 156,00 197,00 47,00 35,00 47,00 74,00 60,00 12,00 36,00 2.810,00 Notes IMPORTANT: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model S800H ENC CBAC 100° (available starting from June 2015) S800H ENC CBAC 180° (available starting from June 2015) S800H ENC SBW 100° (available starting from June 2015) S800H ENC SBW 180° (available starting from June 2015) Single-leaf max. width (m) Use Max. weight (kg) Use frequency (cycles/hour) Control unit Item code Price (euro) 2.00 800 Continuous use Not included 108720 803,00 2.00 800 Continuous use Not included 108722 856,00 4.00 800 Continuous use Not included 108724 803,00 4.00 800 Continuous use Not included 108725 856,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SWING-LEAF GATES S800H ENC The packages contain: a hydraulic operator with hydraulic block at opening/closing (CBAC), or without block (SBW), a magnetic absolute encoder, release and setting key. The carrier case package includes: a carrier case in cataphoresis treated aluminium with anti-rotation pin, a cover in polished stainless steel. CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Control unit E 124 Technical specifications page 143 Control unit EO24S Technical specifications page 142 Item code Price (euro) 790286 197,00 Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (*) 390923 93,00 790284 307,00 Emergency battery support kit * (only for E124) Item code Price (euro) Hydraulic release system (to be used with 390972) for CBAC or SBW operators Item code 390035 Price (euro) 100,00 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390926 15,50 Stainless steel carrier case Carrier case Item code Price (euro) 490112 170,00 Item code Price (euro) Grooved joint kit (to be used with code 390035) Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Codice articolo 390972 Prezzo (euro) 78,00 Item code 712501001 to 712501036 Price (euro) 14,00 BUS XIB interface (if E024S or E045 board is used with non-BUS photocell) Item code Price (euro) 790062 12,50 490113 316,00 Release lock with customised key from no.1 to no. 36 for hydraulic release Item code 71209101 to 71209136 Price (euro) 16,50 Note • (*) The 2 standard Pb batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have 12V/4Ah – 90x70x108 mm voltage/current OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 57 Type of installation Leaf max. weight (kg) Residential Condominium 400 C720 500 740 600 746 746 800 C721 C721 900 741 Industrial 1,000 844 Reversible 844 Reversible 1,800 844 844 - C850 2,200 844 3PH 3,500 884 3PH 58 Automated systems for sliding gates OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 59 740 - 741 RESIDENTIAL Gearmotor 230V for residential sliding gates with max weight of 500 kg (740) and 900 kg (741) • Quick and easy installation thanks to the built-in, prewired control unit. • As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need to be installed. • In the event of power failure, the rotation of the key protected release device makes it possible to open and close the gate manually. • Simplified “on display” programming. • Magnetic limit switch. New: • Integrated encoder for reverse function on obstacle and accurate management of partial opening and slow down. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 740 - 741 Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Traction and thrust force Motor rotation speed Thermal protection on motor winding 740 E Z16 741 E Z16 230 Vac 50 (60) Hz 350 W 500 W 1.5 A 2.2 A 45 daN 65 daN 1400 rpm 140 °C 740 E Z16 Reduction ratio Leaf max. weight Sliding speed Operating ambient temperature Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 741 E Z16 1:25 500 kg 900 kg 12 rpm (pinion Z16) -20 °C to +55 °C IP 44 295x225x325 (pinion included) EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 4 3 5 1 B A Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.75 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 60 5 Ref. Q.ty Description 1 Gearmotor 740 E Z16 with built-in control unit and foundation plate 4 m Galvanised rack 30x8 with weld-on fittings 1 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 1 Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E TOTAL Item code Price (euro) 1097805 377,00 490123 68,00 787824 787007 410013 785165 401019001/36 59,00 35,00 37,00 62,00 38,00 676,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Use Max. weight (kg) 500 900 740 E Z16 with encoder 741 E Z16 with encoder Use frequency (%) 30 (S3) 40 (S3) Control unit Item code Price (euro) 740 D built-in 740 D built-in 1097805 1097815 377,00 514,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES Model The packages include: an electromechanical with electronic equipment 740 D, pinion rack, two keys to unlock foundation plate, magnetic limit switches. In the new 740 and 741 is also included in the encoder for anti-crushing safety. CONTROL UNITS Built-in control board 740 D Technical specifications page 144 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with weld-on fittings (4 m package) Galvanised rack 30x8 mod. 4 with weld-on fittings (4 m package) Nylon rack with steel reinforcement 30x20 and relevant fixing accessories (4m package) gate max. weight 400 kg Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490122 81,00 490123 68,00 Galvanised rack 30 x 12 mod. 4 with fittings to be mechanically secured (4 m package) Galvanised rack 30 x 8 mod. 4 with fittings to be mechanically secured (4 m package) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490124 81,00 4901204 85,00 490125 68,00 Notes • (*) The accessory ensures electronic anti-crushing safety and precise control of partial opening and slow-downs. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 61 C720 - C721 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM with battery Low-voltage gearmotor 24V for residential sliding gates with max weight of 400 kg (C720) - 800 kg (C721) • Residential use (C720), commercial use (C721). • New mobile-axis reduction principle. FAAC PATENT • Exceptionally high mechanical performance >80%. • Control unit with anti-crushing device and electronic encoder with reverse function upon detection of obstacle. • Magnetic limit switches. • Master-Slave function for controlling 2 opposing leafs with an E721 board. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF C720 - C721 C720 Power supply voltage Motor power supply Power Absorbed current Electric motor Max. torque Thrust on gate C721 230 Vac 50 Hz 24 Vdc 220 W 290 W 7A 12 A 3200 r.p.m. 3.600 r.p.m. 18 Nm 30 Nm 320 N 530 N Pinion Gate speed Operating ambient temperature Weight Limit-switch Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Z28 module 4 18 m/min -20 °C to +55 °C 8 kg Magnetic IP 44 300 x 180 x 280 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 4 3 5 1 B A Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.75 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230 V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections are in mm2 62 5 Ref Q.ty Description 1 Gearmotor C720 - 24 Vdc with electronic control unit incorporated and foundation plate 4 m Galvanised rack 30x8 with weld-on fittings 1 Frequency module XF 433 1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT - 24 Vdc 1 Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E TOTAL Item code Price (euro) 109320 329,00 490123 68,00 319006 787007 410014 785165 401019001/36 47,00 35,00 47,00 62,00 38,00 626,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Max weight (kg) 400 800 C720 - 24 V dc C721 - 24 V dc Frequency of use (%) Continuous use Continuous use Electronic control unit Item code Price (euro) E720 incorporated E721 incorporated 109320 109321 329,00 559,00 The package for model C720 - 24 V dc includes: a low-voltage electro-mechanical operator with control unit E 720, pinion for rack, release key, foundation plate. CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Control board E721 incorporated. Compatible with C720 and C721 Technical specifications page 144 Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with weld-on fittings (4 m package) Galvanised rack 30x8 mod. 4 with weld-on fittings (4 m package) Nylon rack with steel reinforcement 30x20 and installation accessories (4 m package) gate max. weight 400 kg Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490122 81,00 490123 68,00 4901204 85,00 Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with fittings including mechanical (pack of 4 m) Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 (not for E 124) Cremagliera zincata 30x8 mod. 4 con attacchi con fissaggio meccanico inclusi (confez. da 4 m) Item code from 712501001 to 712501036 Price (euro) 14,00 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490124 81,00 390923 93,00 490125 68,00 Customised release lock kit (10 pcs. package) Item code Price (euro) 424002 37,00 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 63 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES C720 - C721 746 ER RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Gearmotor 230V for sliding gates with max weight of 600 kg 746 ER Z16 for rack applications 746 ER Z20 for rack applications (400 Kg) • Maximum anti-crushing safety by coupling the twin-disk oil-bath clutch with the electronic device and encoder. • As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need be installed. • Key protected lever release device. • Magnetic limit switch device, simplified installation of limit switch magnets • Designed for height and side adjustable fastening. • Control board, protected by a housing, for simplified programming via display. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 746 ER Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Traction and thrust force Motor rotation speed Thermal protection on motor winding Clutch Z16 Z20 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 400 W 2.15 A 0 t o 81 daN 0 to 65 daN 1400 r.p.m. 120 °C Twin-disk in oil-bath Z16 Reduction ratio Operating ambient temperature Weight with oil Type of oil Gate speed Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Limit switch Z20 1:30 -20 °C to +55 °C 14 kg FAAC HP OIL 9.6 m/min 12 m/min IP 44 275 x 191 x 336 magnetic EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 Ref. Q.ty Description 3 1 1 1 5 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.75 1 cable 2x0.50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 64 5 Gearmotor 746 ER Z16 with built-in control board Foundation plate 4 m Galvanised rack 30x12 with weld-on fittings 1 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 1 Two-channel transmitter XT2433 SLH LR 1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 1 Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Key-operated push-button T10 E TOTAL Item code Price (euro) 109776 583,00 737816 24,50 490122 81,00 787824 787007 410013 785165 401019001/36 59,00 35,00 37,00 62,00 38,00 919,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Max. weight (kg) 600 400 746 ER Z16 746 ER Z20 Use frequency (%) 70 70 Control unit Item code Price (euro) built-in 780 D bu ilt-in 780 D 109776 109773 583,00 583,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES 746 The packages 746 ER Z16 and ER Z20, designed for on-rack applications include: a gearmotor with pinion and control board 780D, limit switch magnets, release key, screw cover. CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Control board 780 D (included in the motor) Technical specifications page 145 Foundation plate with side and height adjustments (6 pcs package) Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Item code Price (euro) Item code from 712751 to 712786 Price (euro) 14,00 737816 24,50 Pinion Z16 for rack Pinion Z20 for rack Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 719130 22,50 Rack and chain See page 76 719167 22,50 Notes • (*) IMPORTANT: Do not use the gearmotor for applications where it is secured at heights that users cannot reach. The key-operated release device cannot be remotely controlled. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 65 844 ER CONDOMINIUM INDUSTRIAL Gearmotor 230V for sliding gates with max weight of 1,800 kg 844 ER Z16 for rack applications • Ideal for commercial and industrial applications. • Anti-crushing safety. • As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need to be installed. • In the event of power failure, the key-operated release device makes it possible to open and close the gate manually. • Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath. • Magnetic limit switch. GREENTECH System: 844 R + E145 DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 844 ER Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Traction and thrust force Motor rotation speed Reduction ratio Operating ambient temperature Weight with oil ER Z16 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 660 W 3.6 A 0-116 daN (Z16) 1400 r.p.m. 1:30 -20 °C to +55 °C 14.5 kg Protection class Type of oil Gate speed Thermal protection on motor winding Electric motor Limit switch Clutch Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm ER Z16 IP 44 FAAC HP OIL 9.5 m/min (Z16) 120 °C Single-phase, bi-directional Magnetic Twin-disk in oil-bath 275 x 191 x 387 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 4 3 5 1 A B 5 Low voltage cabling 4 cables 3x0.75 2 cables 2x0.50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 66 5 5 Ref. Q.ty Description Gearmotor 844 ER Z16 with built-in control board 1 Foundation plate 4 m Galvanised rack 30x12 with weld-on fittings 1 Receiver RP 433 SLH 1 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 2 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH 2 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH 2 Foundation plates for columns 1 Key-operated push-button T10 3 Plastic containers to be walled in TOTAL 1 Item code Price (euro) 109837 822,00 737816 490122 24,50 81,00 787824 787007 410013 785152 401028 737630 401010001/36 720086 59,00 35,00 37,00 154,00 76,00 20,00 36,00 7,50 1.352,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Max. weight (kg) 1,800 844 ER Z16 Use frequency (%) 70 Control unit Item code Price (euro) built-in 780 D 109837 822,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES 844 ER The package 844 ER Z16, designed for on-rack applications, includes: a gearmotor with pinion and control board 780D, limit switch magnets, release key, screw cover. CONTROL UNITS Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code 720309 Price (euro) 39,00 Control board 780 D (included in the motor) Technical specifications page 145 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code 720118 Price (euro) 25,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Item code 720119 Price (euro) 17,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Foundation plate with side and height adjustments Item code 737816 Price (euro) 24,50 Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Item code from 712751 to 712786 Price (euro) 14,00 Pinion Z16 for rack Item code 719130 Price (euro) 22,50 Pinion Z20 for rack Item code 719167 Price (euro) 22,50 Rack and chain See page 76 Notes (*) IMPORTANT: Do not use the gearmotor for applications where it is secured at heights that users cannot reach. The key-operated release device cannot be remotely controlled. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 67 844 R 3PH INDUSTRIAL Gearmotor 400V for sliding gates with max weight of 2,200 Kg (Z12) • Ideal for commercial and industrial applications. • As the gearmotor is non reversing, no electric locks need to be installed. • Key protected lever release device. • Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath (anti-crushing safety). • Inductive limit switch. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 844 R 3PH Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Reduction ratio Operating ambient temperature Weight with oil Protection class Type of oil 400 V (3ph)(+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz 950 W 2.5 A 1400 r.p.m. 1:30 -20 °C to +55 °C 15 kg IP 44 Gate speed Max. torque Limit switch Clutch Protection treatment Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm FAAC HP OIL 9.5 m/min (Z16)/7.2 m/min (Z12) 12.0 m/min (Z20) 62 Nm Inductive with plate Twin-disk in oil-bath Cataphoresis 275 x 191 x 387 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 4 3 5 1 A B 5 Low voltage cabling 4 cables 3x0.75 2 cables 2x0.50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 Ref. Q.ty Description 1 1 1 1 1 4m 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 5 5 TOTAL 844 R Three-phase gearmotor Control board 844 T Enclosure mod. L Foundation plate Pinion Z16 for rack Galvanised rack 30x12 with weld-on fittings Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH Foundation plates for columns Key-operated push-button T 10 Plastic containers to be walled in Item code Price (euro) 109896 790862 720118 737816 719130 490122 695,00 326,00 25,00 24,50 22,50 81,00 787824 787007 410013 785152 401028 737630 401010001/36 720086 59,00 35,00 37,00 154,00 76,00 20,00 36,00 7,50 1.598,50 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 68 Model Use Max. weight (kg) 2,200 (Z12) 1,600 (Z16) 844 R 3PH Use frequency (%) 70 Control unit Item code Price (euro) not included 109896 695,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES 844 R 3PH The package includes: a gearmotor designed for on-rack application, without pinion and without control board, limit plates for mechanical assembly, release key, screw cover. CONTROL UNITS Control board 844 T (*) (remote installation) Technical specifications page 146 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790862 326,00 720118 25,00 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Foundation plate with side and height adjustments Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Item code Price (euro) Item code from 712751 to 712786 Price (euro) 14,00 737816 24,50 Pinion Z16 for rack Pinion Z20 for rack Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 719130 22,50 Rack and chain See page 76 Pinion Z12 for rack (gate max. weight 2,200 kg) Item code Price (euro) 7191661 32,00 719167 22,50 Notes • (*) IMPORTANT: Control board 844 T is compatible with enclosures mod. E-L-LM and cannot be fitted inside the gearmotor. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 69 844 R Reversible CONDOMINIUM INDUSTRIAL Gearmotor 230V for sliding gates with max weight of 1.000 kg • Reversible: when no power is supplied to the motor, the sliding leaf can always be moved manually. • An electric lock must be installed to maintain the gate in closed position. • Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath (anti-crushing safety). • Inductive limit switch. • Key protected lever release device. GREENTECH System: 844 R Rev + E145 DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 844 R REVERSIBLE Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Traction and thrust force Motor rotation speed Reduction ratio Operating ambient temperature Weight with oil Protection class Type of oil Gate speed Thermal protection on motor winding Limit switch Clutch Protection treatment Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 550 W 2.5 A 0-68 daN (Z12) 750 r.p.m. 3:29 -20 °C to +55 °C 15 kg IP 44 FAAC HP OIL 11.6 m/min (Z12) 140 °C Inductive Twin-disk in oil-bath Cataphoresis 275 x 191 x 357 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 4 3 5 1 A B 5 Ref. Q.ty Description 1 1 1 1 4m 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 5 5 Low voltage cabling 4 cables 3x0.75 2 cables 2x0.50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 70 TOTAL Gearmotor 844 R Z12 Reversible Control board 578 D Enclosure mod. L Foundation plate Galvanised rack 30x12 with weld-on fittings Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH Foundation plates for columns Key-operated push-button T 10 Plastic containers to be walled in Item code Price (euro) 109897 790922 720118 737816 490122 639,00 196,00 25,00 24,50 81,00 787824 787007 410013 785152 401028 737630 401010001/36 720086 59,00 35,00 37,00 154,00 76,00 20,00 36,00 7,50 1.390,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Max. weight (kg) 1.000 844 R Z 12 REVERSIBLE Use frequency (%) 70 Control unit Item code Price (euro) not included 109897 639,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES 844 R REVERSIBLE The package includes: a gearmotor designed for on-rack application with pinion, limit plates for mechanical assembly, release key, screw cover. CONTROL UNITS Electronic card E145 (remote installation) Technical specifications page 141 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790006 252,00 720118 25,00 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Foundation plate with side and height adjustments Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Coupling plate for sliding gate electric lock* Item code Price (euro) Item code from 712751 to 712786 Price (euro) 14,00 Item code Price (euro) 737816 24,50 Rack and chain See page 76 720329 23,00 Notes • An electric lock must be installed to maintain the gate in closed position. A MINISERVICE must be used to supply the electric lock with power (*) Electric lock not included OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 71 884 MC 3PH INDUSTRIAL Gearmotor 400V for sliding gates with max weight of 3,500 kg • Ideal for heaviest industrial gates with intensive use. • Braking device, that guarantees reduced stop spaces and keeps the gate closed, thus making it unnecessary to install electric locks. • In the event of power failure, the key-protected lever-operated release device makes it possible to open and close the gate manually. • Twin-disk clutch in oil-bath. • Base with levelling screws. • Steel housing protected by cataphoresis treatment and polyester paint. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 884 MC 3PH Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Torque Motor rotation speed Reduction ratio Operating ambient temperature Weight Protection class Type of oil Gate speed 400 V 3ph (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 850 W 1.6 A (400V) from 0 to 155 Nm 1400 r.p.m. 1:43.2 -20 °C to +55 °C 50 kg Limit switch Clutch Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm IP 55 FAAC HP OIL 10 m/min (Z16) with lever and roller microswitch Twin-disk in oil-bath 430 x 310 x 586 EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION 2 4 3 5 1 A B 5 Ref. Q.ty Description 1 1 1 4m 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 5 5 Low voltage cabling 4 cables 3x0.75 2 cables 2x0.50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 72 TOTAL Three-phase gearmotor 884 MC Foundation plate Pinion Z16 module 6 Galvanised rack 30x30 mod. 6 Package with corner fitting for securing the rack Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH Foundation plates for columns Key-operated push-button T 10 Plastic containers to be walled in Item code Price (euro) 109885 737628 719169 719328 722123 2.285,00 101,00 46,00 45,00 11,50 787824 787007 410013 785152 401028 737630 401010001/36 720086 59,00 35,00 37,00 154,00 76,00 20,00 36,00 7,50 2.913,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Max. weight (kg) 3,500 884 MC 3PH Use frequency (%) 100% (up to 2,000 kg) 50% (over 2,000 kg) Control unit Item code Price (euro) built-in 884T 109885 2.285,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES 884 MC 3PH The package includes: a gearmotor designed for on-rack application without pinion and with control unit 884 T, limit counter-plates. CONTROL UNITS Built-in control board 884 T (included in the motor) Technical specifications page 146 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Foundation plate Item code Price (euro) 737628 101,00 Pinion Z16 module 6 with protection for rack Galvanised rack 30x30 module 6 (length 1 m) Package with corner fitting for securing the rack (3 pcs.) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 719169 46,00 719328 45,00 722123 11,50 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 73 C850 INDUSTRIAL Gearmotor 230V for gates weighing up to 1,800 kg • For sliding gates weighing up to 1800Kg, with speed (adjustable) up to 0.7 m / s recommended maximum length of 20 m • Ideal for special applications where fast operation is required and a continuous service (100%) such as, for example, prisons, embassies, sensitive places. • Irreversibility guaranteed by integrated electric brake on the powerful geared motor 1.1KW • Programming of the speed with integrated frequency inverter • Electronic built-protected in a metal container and transparent plastic cover. • Micro deceleration start and limit switches integrated into the motor and adjustable (does not require feedback on the gate) • Cover in steel with protective zinc primer and polyester powder coating • Release device manually operated from the outside operator with coded key DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF C850 Power supply voltage Absorbed power 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 Hz 1800 W Adjust speed and engine control Limit switch by inverter 4 built-in mechanical Type of motor 1.1 KW with oil lubrication Operating ambient temperature -20°C ÷ +55°C Pull and push 180 daN (Z28 module 4) Drive torque 110 Nm Max. recommended lenght of the gate (m) IP54 Dimensions (WxDxH) in mm 20 ÷ 42 m/min Max. inverter 49 kg Class protection 20 Gate speed Motor weight R.o.T. 510x295x467 CD continuous service 1,5 KW EXAMPLE OF A TYPICAL INSTALLATION Ref. Q.ty Description 2 3 4 1 A B 4 Power cabling (230V) cables 2x1,5+T cables 2x1,5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (ie: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined on the basis of “risk analysis” of each specific installation (Ref.: UNI-EN European Standards 12445 and 12453). The indicated price does not include the costs for the installation and for the preparation of masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 74 1 Gearmotor C850 FAST SLIDER 1 Foundation plate C850 4 1 Receiver 1-channel RP 433 SLH 1 Flashing FAACLIGHT 230 V 1 Key switch T10 E Price (euro) 109819 737850 2.442,00 85,00 490122 81,00 787824 59,00 410013 401019001-36 37,00 38,00 2 Pair of photocells PHOTOBEAM 785163 144,00 2 Low stand aluminum 401028 76,00 Foundation plate for aluminum column 2 (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E) (pack of 20 pcs.) 737630 20,00 1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 35,00 4 4 Low voltage cabling cables 3x0,50 cables 2x0,50 Item code TOTAL Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with solder included (pack of 4 m) 3.017,00 Use Max. weight (kg) 1.800 C850 Use frequency (%) 100% Control unit Item code Price (euro) E850 built-in 109819 2.442,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES Model The package includes: a gearmotor designed for application with rack and pinion Z28, with electronic equipment E850, inverters and limit switches. CONTROL UNITS Electronic equipment E850 Technical Specifications page 147 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Foundation plate C850 Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with solder included (pack of 4 m) Remote Keypad Inverter OMRON C850 (*) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737850 88,00 490122 81,00 404036 464,00 Note * The accessory allows easy programming of the inverter and the diagnostic function. The keypad is supplied with cable connection. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 75 75 Accessories Rack and chain for sliding automated systems 740 - 741 - C720 - C721 - 746 - 844 Galvanised rack 30 x 12 mod. 4 with fittings to be mechanically secured (4 m package) Item code 490124 Price (euro) 81,00 Galvanised rack 30x12 mod. 4 with weld-on fittings (4 pcs package) Galvanised rack 30x8 mod. 4 with weld-on fittings (4 m package for gates with max. weight of 400 kg) Galvanised rack 30 x 8 mod. 4 with fittings to be mechanically secured (4 m package) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 76 490122 81,00 490123 68,00 490125 68,00 Nylon rack with steel reinforcement 30x20 and relevant fixing accessories (4m package) Item code Price (euro) 4901204 85,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SLIDING GATES Notes 77 Type of installation Max door dimensions L x H (m) Residential Condominium 3,00 x 3,80 SWING spring / counterbalanced D600 D700HS D1000 5,00 x 3,80 SECTIONAL D600 D700HS D1000 Industrial (with adapter GDA 2400) 540 541 541 3PH Electromechanical ceiling Type of up-and-over/sectional doors that can be automated with: D600 - D700HS - D1000 78 Electromechanical side application Automated systems for sectional doors OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 79 D600-D700HS-D1000 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Electromechanically-driven operator 24V for sectional doors or spring/counterbalanced up-and-over doors, for residential (D600-D700HS) and also condominium (D1000) use News: D700HS (High Speed): up to 12m/minute double speed compared to traditional motors • Anti-burglary non-reversing facility: there is no need to install locks and bolts. • Bi-stable release device (patented). • The anti-crushing device makes it possible to build automated systems conforming to European Directives. The safety edge is not necessary. • Quick, simple installation thanks to the pre-installed rail and installation of the automated system without any tools with rotation coupling. • Chain/belt transmission. • Adjustable travel limit electronic slow-down. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF D600 - D700 HS - D1000 D600 Power supply Electric motor Max. absorbed power Thrust force Type of use Maximum overall dimensions from ceiling Courtesy lamp Courtesy lamp timing Carriage standard off load speed Carriage reduced off load speed Carriage speed at slow-down Noise at standard speed Travel length at slow-down Intrinsic safety device Protection class Operating ambient temperature Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 220 W 600 N 6.6 m/min 1.3 m/min D700HS 230 Vac 24 Vdc 440 W 700 N continuous 35 mm 230 Vac - 40 W (max) 120 s. 1.2 m/min 3.8 m/min 2.5 m/min 45 dB(A) variable from setup standard supply for internal use only (IP20) from -20 °C to +55 °C 360 x 200 x 145 D1000 350 W 1000 N 6.6 m/min 1.3 m/min TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE 1 Ref. Q.ty Description A Low voltage cabling 1 cable 2x1.5*T N.B.: Cable sections in mm2. 80 1 1 1 D600 Dolphin kit 868 Single piece rail with chain travel 2,000 mm Receiver XF 433 / 868 Item code 10566515 390119 included 1 Transmitter 433 / 868 1 XL 24 flashing lamp 410017 1 Pair of photocelles 1 Key operated push button T10 401010001 Adaptor for counterbalanced up-and-over doors 1 GDA 2400 390548 Arm for sectional doors 1 Arm for sectional doors 390768 Price (euro) 289,00 83,00 30,00 36,00 99,00 15,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation. (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR DOLPHIN KIT Item code Price (euro) SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES CONTROL UNITS Built-in E600, E700HS, E1000 control boards. See electronics and accessories page 148 Receiver XF 868 MHz - XF 433 MHz XF 868 Code Price (euro) XF 433 Code Price (euro) AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS D600 Dolphin kit K868 10566515 289,00 D600 Dolphin kit K433 10566516 289,00 D700HS 110602 294,00 D1000 Dolphin kit K868 10566615 355,00 D1000 Dolphin kit K433 10566616 355,00 IMPORTANT: a rail (single piece or two pieces with belt or chain drive) must always be ordered with every D600 or D1000 operator. Packages contain: an electro-mechanical operator with control unit and timed courtesy lamp, installation accessories and internal release device. Item code Price (euro) GDA 2400 adaptor for counterbalanced up-and-over doors, max. height 2400 mm Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390768 15,00 410017 30,00 Cable and sheath for external release (for application to the existing handle) Emergency battery kit XBAT 24 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390488 7,50 390548 99,00 Rail central support - supplied standard with two piece rails Item code 390765 Price (euro) 32,00 Flashing lamp XL 24 L 319007 47,00 319006 47,00 Curved arm for sectional doors 390923 (*) 93,00 Key-operated external release for doors over 15 mm thick from no. 1 to no. 36 (**) Item code from 424591001 to 424591036 Price (euro) 31,00 Notes (*) The D600 - D700HS - D1000 automated systems are designed for housing “on board” the XBAT24 emergency battery kit (optional). (**) To install, the accessory cable and sheath for external release must also be used. Important: Important: the E600/E700HS/E1000 control boards, with new technology are compatible only with the XF 433/XF868 receiver. The D600 – D700 HS – D1000 automated systems can be equipped only with the XL24L flashing lamp. USE OF OPERATORS D600 - D700HS - D1000 Rail Door max. dimensions l x h (m) Sectional door max. dimensions l x h (m) Length of rail (mm) Carriage max. travel (mm) Item code Price (euro) 3.00 x 2.15 3.00 x 2.60 3.00 x 3.20 3.00 x 3.80 3.00 x 2.60 3.00 x 3.20 3.00 x 3.80 3.00 x 2.15 3.00 x 2.60 3.00 x 3.20 3.00 x 3.80 3.00 x 2.60 3.00 x 3.20 3,00 x 3,80 5.00 x 2.02 5.00 x 2.62 5.00 x 3.20 5.00 x 3.80 5.00 x 2.62 5.00 x 3.20 5.00 x 3.80 5.00 x 2.02 5.00 x 2.62 5.00 x 3.20 5.00 x 3.80 5.00 x 2.62 5.00 x 3.20 5,00 x 3,80 2400 3000 3600 4200 3000 3600 4200 2400 3000 3600 4200 3000 3600 4200 2020 2620 3200 3800 2620 3200 3800 2020 2620 3200 3800 2620 3200 3800 390119 390125 390131 390138 390225 390231 390238 390120 390126 390132 390139 390226 390232 390239 83,00 94,00 104,00 120,00 109,00 121,00 135,00 128,00 137,00 151,00 170,00 152,00 162,00 186,00 Single with chain Single with chain Single with chain Single with chain Two-piece with chain Two-piece with chain Two-piece with chain Single with belt Single with belt Single with belt Single with belt Two-piece with belt Two-piece with belt Two-piece with belt OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 81 540 INDUSTRIAL Gearmotors for industrial sectional doors 230V (with integrated control board) • Ideal for industrial application with “dead-man” control. • 2 types of application: by direct transmission on the spring-carrier shaft or indirect by chain transmission (in case of shortage of space at the sides or too short a door shaft). • The gearmotor is non-reversing. In case of power cut: the door can be moved manually by using the rapid release cord device or (540 V) by activating the chain winch. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 540 V BPR Power supply Electric motor Max. absorbed power Absorbed current Thrust capacitor Rotation speed Thermal protection on winding Use frequency Drive Shaft rated torque Drive max. revs Protection class Operating ambient temperature Gearmotor max. weight Type of oil Oil quantity Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz asynchronus single-phase 1450 r.p.m. 800 W 3.5 A 20 µF 23 r.p.m. 140 °C 40% S3 through shaft diam. 25.4 mm (1”) 50 Nm 24 IP54 from -20 °C to +55 °C 14 Kg FAAC HP OIL 0.9 I 92 x 376 x 266 TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description 1 1 1 1 1 TOTAL A B 2 Low voltage cabling 2 cables 2x0.75 1 cable 3x0.75 1 cable 2x0.75 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B.: Cable sections in mm2. 82 Gearmotor 540 V BRP with travel limit and integrated control board Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Pair of photocells SAFEBEAM Item code Price (euro) 109509 753,00 787824 787007 785165 59,00 35,00 62,00 909,00 2 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation. (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Applications 540 V BPR kit See graph (*) Use frequency (%) 40 (S3) Item code Price (euro) 109509 753,00 Control unit 540 BPR included The package 540 V (540 V BPR) includes: a gearmotor with travel limit and integrated control board 540 BT (540 BPR), securing plate, “cord operated” emergency release device (**), manual motion “chain” device (winch) (**). CONTROL UNIT SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 540 BPR Technical specifications page 148 Securing plate for three-dimensional adjustment Item code Price (euro) TRANSMISSION 1:2 TRANSMISSION 1:1.5 DIRECT APPLIC. KEY: F= MAX FORCE REQUIRED TO MANUALLY MOVE THE DOOR Dt= DIAMETER OF THE ROPE WINDING DRUM 390721 19,50 (*) GRAPH - FIELDS OF APPLICATIONS To assess correct application of the automated system, measure the force required to lift the door (this value can also be found in the door documentation) and the diameter of the rope winding drum. The graph will make it possible to determine the possible application of the gearmotor and the need to use a transmission kit for off-axis application (see specific accessories for 540). The transmission kit for “off axis” applications R. 1:1.5 (*) includes: • Securing plate of gearmotor including the chain tension adjustment system • Pinion Z20 with shaft for installation on the gearmotor • Pinion Z30 with shaft for installation on the sectional door shaft • Transmission chain The transmission kit for “off axis” applications R. 1:2.0 (*) includes: • Securing plate of gearmotor including the chain tension adjustment system • Pinion Z20 with shaft for installation on the gearmotor • Pinion Z40 with shaft for installation on the sectional door shaft • Transmission chain Button-board XB300 (included in the kit) Item code 402500 Price (euro) 51,00 Rapid release extension for installations of up to 8 m Chain winch extension for installations of up to 8 m Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390744 153,00 390745 153,00 390719 4,00 390720 22,50 Notes • (**) For installation of the gearmotor at heights of up to 4 m. For greater heights, see above Specific accessories. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 83 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS 540 541 - 3PH INDUSTRIAL Gearmotors for industrial sectional doors 230V (with “remote” control board) • Ideal for industrial applications with “automatic/semiautomatic logics” command, with a “remote” control unit. • Capacity 70 Nm. • 2 types of application: by direct transmission on the spring-carrier shaft or indirect by chain transmission (in case of shortage of space at the sides or too short a door shaft). • The gearmotor is non-reversing. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 541 - 3PH Power supply Electric motor Max. absorbed power Absorbed current Rotation speed Thermal protection on winding Use frequency Drive Shaft rated torque Drive max. revs Protection class Operating ambient temperature Gearmotor max. weight Type of oil Oil quantity Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 400 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz asynchronous three-phase 1450 r.p.m. 720 W 1.1 A 24 r.p.m. 140 °C 60% S3 through shaft diam. 25.4 mm (1”) 70 Nm 24 IP54 -20 °C to +55 °C 14 Kg FAAC HP OIL 0.9 I 92 x 376 x 266 TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE 1 3 2 A B 4 Low voltage cabling 2 cables 2x0.75 1 cable 3x0.75 1 cable 2x0.75 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B.: Cable sections in mm2. 84 4 Ref. Q.ty Description 1 1 1 1 1 TOTAL Gearmotor 541 X 3 PH with integrated encoder Control unit EB540 BPR 3PH Receiver RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Pair of photocells PHOTOBEAM Item code Price (euro) 109520 687,00 402502 787824 787007 785163 259,00 59,00 35,00 74,00 1.114,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation. (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 541 - 3 PH Use Applications 541 X 3PH See graph (*) Use frequency (%) 60 (S3) Item code Price (euro) 109520 687,00 Control unit Not included AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR SECTIONAL DOORS Model The package 541 X 3PH includes: a gearmotor with travel limit and integrated encoder, securing plate, manual motion “chain” device (winch) (**). CONTROL UNITS Control unit EB 540 BPR 3PH (including board 540 BPR, enclosure, disconnecting switch, remote control switches, control button‑board and activation key) Item code 402502 Price (euro) 259,00 Control unit EB 578 D 3PH (including board 578 D, enclosure, disconnecting switch, remote control switches, control button‑board and activation key) Item code 402504 Price (euro) 378,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES F (daN) TRANSMISSION 1:2 TRANSMISSION 1:1.5 DIRECT APPLIC. Transmission kit for “Off axis” applications R. 1:1.5 (*) Transmission kit for “Off axis” applications R. 1:2.0 (*) Securing plate for threedimensional adjustment Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390744 153,00 390745 153,00 Rapid release extension for installations of up to 8 m Chain winch extension for installations of up to 8 m Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390719 4,00 Dt (mm) KEY: F= MAX FORCE REQUIRED TO MANUALLY MOVE THE DOOR Dt= DIAMETER OF THE ROPE WINDING DRUM 390721 19,50 (*) GRAPH - FIELDS OF APPLICATIONS The graph shows with which type of application the 541 3PH model can be installed, considering the maximum force F necessary to manually move the door, expressed in daN (1daN = force required to lift 1.02 kg) and the diameter Dt of the rope-winding drum, expressed in millimetres. For example, if a door can be moved with a force of 108 daN and the drum diameter is 180 mm, a 541 3PH model with chain transmission of 1:1.5 must be installed. N.B.: force F can be measured with a dynamometer. It is not directly related to the door weight, but to its balance. 390720 22,50 Notes (**) For installation of the gearmotor at heights of up to 4 m. For greater heights, see Specific accessories for the 541 3PH. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 85 Type of installation Maximum door dimensions L x H (m) 3,00 x 2,70 Residential Industrial 580** 580** 580** 580** 550* 3,00 x 3,50 4,00 x 3,00 with 2 actuators Condominium 550* 5,00 x 3,00 with 2 actuators 6,00 x 4,00 * Electro-mechanical ** Hydraulic Automated systems for up-and-over doors OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 87 550 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator 230V for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for residential use • Ideal for domestic use garages with up-and-over doors of up to 3 m in width • Master + Slave version for widths up to 4 m • Anti-crushing safety guaranteed by an electronic torque control device and ENCODER* • Integrated travel limit switches for high frequency of use • Non reversing • Internal release and facility for external release with customised key • Facility for assembly of operator with motor low or high. *(ITT version) DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 550 Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Output torque Angular speed Motor rotation speed Thermal protection on motor winding 550 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 1400 r.p.m. 350 W 1.5 A 0 to 300 Nm 12 °/s 1400 r.p.m. 140 °C Capacitor Time of up-and-over opening at 90° Operating ambient temperature Weight Protection class Dimensions (L x W x D) Reduction ratio 550 10 µ 15 s -20 °C to +55 °C 7.5 kg IP 31 (only for internal use) 670 x 175 x 120 mm 1:679 TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B: Cable sections in mm2 88 Price (euro) 110549 492,00 722136 45,00 1 1 Package 550 ITT with integrated control board Securing long. member - length 1.5 m 1 1 1 1 1 Pair of telescopic curved arms 390564 Pair of transmission tubes 736022 Key-operated external release 424550001/50 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 787824 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 TOTAL Item code 46,00 46,00 9,50 59,00 35,00 732,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model 550 ITT 550 Slave Max. door dimensions width x height (m) 4.00 x 3.00 (**) 4.00 x 3.00 (**) Use Door max. weight (kg/sqm) 10 10 Use frequency (cycles/hour) 15-25 (*) 15-25 (*) Control unit Item code Price (euro) built-in E550 Not included 110549 110553 492,00 331,00 The package 550 SLAVE / 550 SLAVE L includes: an electro-mechanical operator, protective housing with built-in ceiling light, timed courtesy lamp, a thrust capacitor 10 μF 400 V (8 μF 400 V mod. L). The package 550 ITT / 550 ITT L includes: an electro-mechanical operator, protective housing with built-in ceiling light, control unit E550, timed courtesy lamp, a thrust capacitor 10 μF 400 V (8 μF 400 V mod. L). CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board E550 Technical specifications page 149 Kit for protection class IP 44 Item code Price (euro) 110554 20,00 Securing longitudinal member 2m Packages with two telescopic arms, straight and curved Item code (straight) 390563 Price (euro) 43,00 Item code (curved) 390564 Price (euro) 46,00 Item code (straight with bushing)738709 Price (euro) 62,00 Notes • (**) For up-and-over doors in the width range of 3 to 4 m (height 3 m) use a 550 ITT operator and a 550 SLAVE. In this case, the E 550 control unit built into the 550 ITT also controls the 550 SLAVE. • The same applies for the L version Item code Price (euro) 722140 48,00 Securing longitudinal member length 1.5 m Pair of transmission tubes (length 1.5 m), with side supports, for installation with one central operator Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 722136 45,00 736022 46,00 Pair of transmission tubes, with side supports, for installation with two operators Item code Price (euro) 390592 24,50 External release with customised keys from no. 1 to no. 50 External release for application on existing handle External release extension for doors with thickness of over 15 mm Codes from 424550001 to 424550050 Price (euro) 9,50 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390607 28,00 424551 16,00 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 89 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS 550 580 CONDOMINIUM INDUSTRIAL Hydraulic operator 230V for counterbalanced up-and-over doors for intensive use • Ideal for heavy traffic garages • A reliable low noise operator, little manteinance • Anti-crushing safety guaranteed by a hydraulic device •The anti break-in facility is provided by the double hydraulic block. The door is guaranteed to resist even in strong winds • In case of power cut: a release facility from inside the garage is supplied, and another from the outside (optional) with customized key. • Guaranteed door hold when opening, even in strong winds. GREENTECH System: 580 + E045 or E145 DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 580 Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Output torque Angular speed Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Operating ambient temperature Weight with oil Type of oil Protection class Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 0 to 450 Nm 9°15’/s 1400 r.p.m. 0.75 l/min 120 °C -20 °C to +55 °C 12 kg FAAC HP OIL IP 55 480 x 96 x 110 TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description TOTAL Low voltage cabling 1 cable 3x0.5 Power cabling (230 V) 1 cable 3x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B: Cable sections in mm2 90 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Operator 580 CBAC Installation accessories package Securing long. member - length 1.5 m Key-operated external release Control board 596 BPR Enclosure mod. E Receiver board RP 433 SLH Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Control push-button FAAC SWITCH Plastic container to be walled in Item code 104501 390581 722299 424590001 790281 720119 787824 787007 401002 720086 Price (euro) 658,00 99,00 69,00 27,00 123,00 17,00 59,00 35,00 33,00 2,50 1.122,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Max. door dimensions width x height (m) 3.50 x 3.00 (*) 580 CBAC Use Door max. weight (kg/sqm) 15 Use frequency (cycles/hour) 60 Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included 104501 658,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR UP-AND-OVER DOORS 580 Packages contain: a hydraulic operator - with opening/closing hydraulic block (580 CBAC), a thrust capacitor 8 μF 400 V. CONTROL UNITS Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 720118 25,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Key-operated external release for doors with max. thickness of 15 mm (from no. 1 to no. 36) Key-operated external release for doors with thickness of over 15 mm (from no. 1 to no. 36) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Codes from 424560001 to 424560036 Price (euro) 35,00 Codes from 424560101 to 424560136 Price (euro) 41,00 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES with mechanical assembly (without welding) with welded assembly Securing longitudinal member length 1.5 m Packages with two telescopic arms, straight and curved Pair of transmission tubes, with side supports, for installation with 1 or 2 operators Packages for 1 or 2 operators with telescopic arms, longitudinal members and tubes Item code Price (euro) Item code (straight) Price (euro) Item code (curved) Price (euro) Item code (1 op.) Price (euro) Item code (2 op.) Price (euro) Item code (1 op.) Price (euro) Item code (2 op.) Price (euro) 722299 69,00 390432 60,00 390433 74,00 390434 97,00 390435 48,00 390581 99,00 390582 99,00 Notes (*) For doors with width of over 3.50 m install two operators. An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 91 Type of installation Residential R 180N Condominium R 180N R 280N** 227 L Industrial R 180N R 280N** 227 L Shutter shaft diameter (mm) 60 48* 42* 60 48* 42* 76 Winding flange diameter (mm) 200 220** 200 220** 240 Lifting capacity (kg) 180 (*) BY COMPENSATOR (included in the package) (**) BY SPACERS/CROWN (included in the package) 92 280 160 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS Automated systems for rolling shutters OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 93 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM INDUSTRIAL R 180N-R 280N-227L Gearmotors 230V for spring balanced rolling shutters • Facility for application of anti-drop safety device (EN 13241-1) • Limit switches with self-learning adjustment (Patented) •Application possible, with adapters included, on shutters with shaft diameter of 60/48/42 mm and spring boxes of 200/220 mm • Shutter max height: 8 m DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS R 180N - R 280N - 277L Power supply voltage Absorbed current Drive torque Operating ambient temperature Lifting capacity Winding flange speed Shutter shaft diameter Winding flange diameter Maximum shutter height Maximum shutter width Operator weight R 180N / R 180N EF R 280N / R 280N EF 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 2.4 A 4.4 A 180 Nm 280 Nm -20 °C to +55 °C 180 kg 280 kg 10 r.p.m. 9 r.p.m. 60/48/42 mm 200/220 mm 8m 4.5 m 8.7 kg 12.5 kg 227 L 230 Vac +/-10% 50 /60 Hz 2.5 A 150 Nm 160 kg 9 r.p.m. 76 mm 240 mm 11 kg TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Rif Q.ty Description 1 1 1 1 1 TOTAL Low voltage cabling 1 cable 3x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 3x1.5+T N.B: Cable sections in mm2 94 Gearmotor R 180N 60x200 Lifting capacity 180 kg Electric brake for R 180N 200 MPS control unit with Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release XK21L24 V European cylinder lock with customised key Item code Price (euro) 109920 159,00 409840 790905 401301 43,00 105,00 100,00 from 712052 to 712087 14,50 421,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Shutter shaft diameter (mm) 60/48/42 60/48/42 60/48/42 60/48/42 76 R 180N R 180N EF (*) R 280N R 280N EF (*) 227 L Use Diameter of spring boxes (mm) 200/220 200/220 200/220 200/220 240 Use frequency (%) 25 25 25 25 20 Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included Not included Not included Not included Not included 109920 109922 109921 109923 109704 159,00 201,00 249,00 292,00 212,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR ROLLING SHUTTERS R 180N - R 280N - 227 L The packages R 180N - R 280N include: a gearmotor, winding flange adapters 200/220, shaft reduction tube 60-48-42. installation accessories. (*) EF models are provided with Electric brake already mounted. CONTROL UNITS Control board mod. 200 MPS Technical specifications page 149 Enclosure mod. E compatible with control boards 200 MPS Electric brake R 180N - R 280N * Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790905 105,00 720119 17,00 409840 43,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR R 180 - R 280 Anti-drop device Item code Price (euro) 390925 68,00 XK 21 H 230 V (***) - Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release (only for R 180N - R 280N) XK 21 L 24 V (***) - Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release (only with control board 200 MPS) EF - 27 (**) Electric brake for Series 227 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401300 94,00 401301 100,00 747000 53,00 Notes • (*) for external release use burglar resistent key-selector with lever release XK 21 H 230 V • (**) for external release use key-operated push-buttons T 20 IF and T 20 EF • (***) Cylinder sold as a separate part - see page 163 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 95 Type of installation Single panel max width (m) Residential 0,50 1,50 2,00 * Electro-mechanical ** Hydraulic 96 390* Condominium Industrial 560 CBACR** 560 CBACR** 560 CBAC** 560 CBAC** 560 SB** 560 SB** Automated systems for folding doors OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 97 390 RESIDENTIAL Electro-mechanical operator with telescopic arm 230V for bi-folding doors with single panel max. width of 1.5 m • Irreversible motor, no need electric lock, max lenght single panel 1.5 m • Emergency battery in case of power failure • No need to use BUS XIB interface in case you use NO BUS devices • Manual release device which can be activated from inside or outside through specific device. 230V GREENTECH System: 390 230V + E045 or E145 DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 390 230V Power supply voltage Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Reduction ratio Angle speed 98 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 280 W 1,2 A 960 r.p.m. 1:700 8°/s Max. torque Thermal protection on motor winding Operating ambient temperature Protection class Weight Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 250 Nm 140°C -20°C to +55°C IP 44 11.5 kg 410 x 130 x 130 390 - 230V Use Single-leaf max. width (m) 1,5 Use frequency (cycles/hour) 15 Apparecchiatura elettronica Item code Price (euro) Not included 104570 330,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS Model The package 390 - 230V includes: an electro-mechanical operator, installation accessories, a 8μF 400V thrust capacitor and a release key TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE 390 - 230V Item code Ref Q.ty Description 2 Operators 390 - 230V 104570 2 Telescopic arms 738706 1 Control board E045 790005 1 Enclosure mod. E 720119 1 Receiver board XF433 Mhz 319006 1 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 230 V 410013 1 Pair of photocells XP 20 B D 785103 1 Key-operated push-button T10 E 401019001 1 2 channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 99 390 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS FOR 230V Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 ACCESSORIES FOR 230V Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 100 720118 25,00 Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 Telescopic arm (application for folding doors) External release device with cable and sheath* Length 5 m Single limit switch kit (opening or closing)** XK 21 L 24V Anti burglar Key selector with lever release Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 738706 66,00 401057 45,00 390682 9,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS ACCESSORIES COMMON TO BOTH THE OPERATORS 401301 100,00 BUS interface XIB (if you use E024S or E045 board with photocell BUS) Item code Price (euro) 790062 12,50 Notes: (*) For use with key switches XK21 L 24V or T21 or T21 EF IF (see page 167) (**) Operators 390 can be equipped with a limit switch in opening and a closing limit switch. To manage the / i switch on the 390 you need to use the card E145. (***) The 2 standard lead batteries are not supplied by FAAC and must have current / voltage 12V/4Ah. Dimensions: 90x70x108 mm For a folding door panels 2 to provide two operators, two articulated arms and a control unit. WARNING: operators 390 must be accompanied by an articulated arm (swing gate) or telescopic (for folding doors). OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 101 560 CONDOMINIUM INDUSTRIAL Hydraulic operator 230V for bi-folding doors for intensive use GREENTECH System: 560 + E045 or E145 • Ideal for bi-folding doors It is fixed on one leaf only and opens and closes by means of a telescopic arm • In the event of a power-cut, the release device on the operator enables manual opening and closing • Anti-crushing guaranteed by a pair of by-pass valves and an inviolability system for the valves. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 560 560 CBAC Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Effective torque Angular speed Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Operation ambient temperature Weight with oil Type of oil Protection class Operator dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 102 560 SB 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase bi-directional 220 W 1A 0 to 320 Nm 12.4 °/s 1400 r.p.m. 1 I/min 120 °C -20 °C to +55 °C 12 kg FAAC HP OIL IP 55 480 x 85 x 110 Model Use Single-panel max. width (m) 1.50 2.00 560 CBAC 560 SB Use frequency (cycles/hour) 50 50 Control unit Item code Price (euro) Not included Not included 104561 104562 811,00 778,00 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS 560 The 560 packages contain: a hydraulic operator - with hydraulic block at opening and closing (560 CBAC) - without hydraulic block (560 SB), a thrust capacitor 8 μF 400 V. CONTROL UNITS Control board E045 Technical specifications page 140 Control board E145 Technical specifications page 141 Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 790005 182,00 790006 252,00 Enclosure mod. L for control boards Item code Price (euro) 720118 25,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Enclosure mod. E for control boards Enclosure mod. LM for control boards Articulated telescopic arm with installation accessories Standard telescopic arm with installation accessories Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 720119 17,00 720309 39,00 738700 92,00 External key release for doors with max thickness of 15 mm (from no. 1 to no. 36) External key release for doors with thickness over 15 mm (from no. 1 to no. 36) Remote manual release Codes from 424590001 to 424590036 Price (euro) 27,00 Codes from 424591001 to 424591036 Price (euro) 31,00 Item code Price (euro) 738703 60,00 722342 22,00 Notes • An electric lock should be installed for operators without a block facility OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 103 115 V and WINTER HYDRAULIC SWING OPERATORS 115 V VERSION AND UL/CSA VERSION DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 560 400 CBAC lt.1 220V UL/CSA 400 CBAC lt.1 UL/CSA 115V 400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN 220V UL/CSA 400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN UL/CSA 115V 400 CBAC lt.1,5 220V UL/CSA 400 CBAC lt.1,5 UL/CSA 115V 422 CBAC lt.1 220V UL/CSA 422 CBAC lt.1 UL 115V UL/CSA 422 CBAC lt.1,5 PEDESTRIAN 115V UL/CSA 402 CBC lt.1 220V UL/CSA 402 CBC lt.1 115V UL/CSA Code 1042011 10420112 1042021 10420212 1042071 10420712 1042001 10420012 10421812 1044681 1044682 Price (euro) 689,00 689,00 803,00 803,00 760,00 760,00 559,00 559,00 728,00 403,00 403,00 Code 10420177 104201177 1042011277 10420277 104202177 1042021277 10420777 104207177 1042071277 10420677 10420977 10420077 104200177 1042001277 1042181277 10446877 104468177 104468277 1041001577 1041011577 Price (euro) 733,00 732,00 732,00 853,00 872,00 871,00 793,00 806,00 808,00 682,00 533,00 550,00 578,00 578,00 750,00 400,00 419,00 420,00 537,00 513,00 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWING OPERATORS 412 115V (LEFT VERSION) UL/CSA 412 115V (RIGHT VERSION) UL/CSA 413 115V 413 LS 115V 415 115V UL/CSA 415 LS 115V UL/CSA 415 L 115V UL/CSA 415 L LS 115V UL/CSA Code 104476 104475 1044132 1044142 1044152 1044162 1044172 1044182 Price (euro) 243,00 243,00 315,00 370,00 325,00 351,00 341,00 377,00 HYDRAULIC SLIDING OPERATORS 844 ER Z16 - 115V 844 ER Z6 - 115V-UL 844 ER Z20 - 115V Code 1098372 1098371 10983721 Price (euro) 857,00 999,00 587,00 ELECTROMECHANICAL SLIDING OPERATORS 740 E Z16 115V 741 E Z16 - 115 V Code 1097801 1097811 Price (euro) 411,00 500,00 CONTROL BOARDS E024 115V 455D 115V UL/CSA 455D 220V UL/CSA 780D 115V 740D/748D 624 BLD 115V 624 BLD 230V UL/CSA Code 79028312 790919 790926 79092112 2022691 20227125 63000395 Price (euro) 197,00 207,00 207,00 178,00 185,00 209,00 209,00 HYDRAULIC SWING OPERATORS WINTER VERSION 400 CBAC lt. 1 220V 400 CBAClt.1 220V UL/CSA 400 CBAClt.1 UL/CSA 115V 400 CBAC LN lt.1,5 220V 400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN 220V UL/CSA 400 CBAC lt.1,5 LN UL/CSA 115V 400 CBACR lt.1,5 220V 400 CBAC lt.1,5 UL/CSA 220V 400 CBAC lt.1,5 UL/CSA 115V 400 SB lt.1 220V 422 CBACS lt.0.75 220V 422 CBAC lt.1 220V 422 CBAC lt.1 220V UL/CSA 422 CBAC lt.1 115V UL/CSA 422 CBAC lt.1,5 PEDESTRIAN 115V UL/CSA 402 CBC lt.1 220V 402 CBC lt.1 UL/CSA 220V 402 CBC lt.1 UL/CSA 115V S450H CBAC 24V UL/CSA S450H SB 24V UL/CSA 104 WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER WINTER AUTOMATED SYSTEMS FOR FOLDING DOORS Notes 105 Type of installation Residential 615 RAPID 615 STANDARD 617/3 617/4 617/6 620 STANDARD Condominium 615 RAPID 615 STANDARD 617/3 617/4 617/6 620 STANDARD B680H 620 RAPID 620 SR Industrial 620 RAPID Parking Use frequency Beam max. lenght (m) Opening time (s) 106 B680H 640 620 SR B680H B680H Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous duty duty duty duty 40% 50% 50% 60% 70% 2,50 5,00 3,00 5,00 7,00 5,00 4,00 3,00 7,00 8,30 3 6 from 2,5 to 4 8,00 from 3,5 to 4,5 from 2 to 3 from 0,8 to 2,2 from 4 to 8 from 1,5 to 6 Automatic barriers 615 BPR RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Automatic barrier 230V for beams up to 5 m • Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block • Ideal for medium transit frequency and for controlling small and medium private areas • Anti-crushing hydraulic safety device • Manual release by triangular key • Already equipped with limit-switches • Accommodate use of anti-vandal valve Also available with: • New round beam with light support • New RAL 9006 colour (Grey). DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 615 BPR 615 BPR STD Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Effective torque Operating ambient temperature Weight Type of oil Barrier body treatment Paint Protection class Max. consecutive cycles (at 20°) Type of rectangular beam Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Thrust capacitor 615 BPR RAP 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 1400 r.p.m. 1,5 I/min 2800 r.p.m. 3 I/min 120°C 0 to 400 Nm 0 to 300 Nm -20°C to +55°C 34 kg FAAC HP OIL 100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment Polyester RAL 2004 - RAL 9006 IP 44 220 340 standard-standard with skirt (4m) - articulated standard standard 270 x 140 x 1015 8 µF 400 V TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description of material 3 2 5 1 1 1 5 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 1 cable 2x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 108 1 4 TOTAL 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 Item code 615 BPR standard barrier body with 104906 in-built control unit 596/615BPR Foundation plate for 615 490073 Fastening pocket for 428342 rectangular beam Rectangular beam 4,815 mm 428091 Balancing spring wire 8 721018 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 787824 Two-channel transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 410013 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH 785152 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH 401028 Key-operated push-button T10 401010001/36 Foundation plates for columns 737630 Plastic container to be walled in 720086 Price (euro) 927,00 26,50 41,00 124,00 43,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 77,00 76,00 36,00 20,00 2,50 1.504,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 615 BPR 615 BPR standard 615 BPR standard RAL 9006 Grey 615 BPR rapid 615 BPR rapid RAL 9006 Grey Use Opening time (s) 6 6 3 3 Beam max. length (m) 5.00 5.00 2.50 2.50 Use frequency (%) 50 50 40 40 Control unit Item code Price (euro) Built-in 596/615 BPR Built-in 596/615 BPR Built-in 596/615 BPR Built-in 596/615 BPR 104906 104910 104907 104911 927,00 927,00 927,00 927,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS Model The packages 615 include: barrier body, hydraulic transmission system complete with hydraulic control unit and double-acting piston, installation accessories, a triangular release key. CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 596/615 BPR Technical specifications page 150 Skirt kit (*) length 2 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Skirt kit (*) length 3 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Articulation kit - max. ceiling height 3 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Standard rectangular beams 5 lengths: Length 2,315 mm Item code 428088 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 2,815 mm Item code 428089 Price (euro) 104,00 Length 3,815 mm Item code 428090 Price (euro) 114,00 Length 4,815 mm Item code 428091 Price (euro) 124,00 Notes • IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket and the balancing spring are not included in the case and must be ordered separately. Consult “Specific Accessories” and “Balancing springs”. • (*) For use of the skirt kit and/ or end foot, we advise you to select the most suitable balancing spring (see relevant table on the following page). 428441 124,00 428446 183,00 Fastening pocket for rectangular or round beams Rectangular beams Item code 428342 Price (euro) 41,00 Item code Price (euro) End foot for S/L round beam Support fork for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 428442 80,00 428137 222,00 Foundation plate 490073 26,50 728487 129,00 Fork support plate Additional triangular release key Anti-vandal valve Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737621 10,00 each 713002 1,50 each 401066 136,00 109 615 BPR RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM S ROUND BEAMS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Round beams S (stickers not included) Length 2,300 mm Item code 428045 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 3,300 mm Item code 428042 Price (euro) 114,00 Length 4,300 mm Item code 428043 Price (euro) 140,00 Length 5,000 mm Item code 428002 Price (euro) 164,00 Fastening pocket for S 615/620 round beams Item code 428445 Price (euro) 105,00 End foot for S/L round beam Support fork for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Reflective strip kit Kit for connecting 615 round beam lights Luminous cord package containing 11 m Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 728488 20,50 2 m skirt kit for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) 110 428441 124,00 490117 10,50 3 m skirt kit for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) 428446 183,00 428442 80,00 390081 84,00 728487 129,00 390993 89,00 Ø 5,5 6,0 7,0 7,5 8,0 Rectangular beams 1,315 mm to 2,315 mm 2,316 mm to 2,815 mm 2,816 mm to 3,815 mm Rect. beam with skirt 1,315 mm to 2,315 mm 2,316 mm to 2,815 mm Rect. beam with foot 1,315 mm to 1,815 mm 1,816 mm to 2,315 mm 2,316 mm to 2,815 mm 2,816 mm to 3,815 mm 3,816 mm to 4,815 mm Rect. beam with skirt and foot 1,315 mm to 1,815 mm 1,816 mm to 2,315 mm 2,316 mm to 3,315 mm 2,816 mm to 3,815 mm Item code 721008 721005 721006 721007 721018 Price (euro) 24,00 24,50 33,00 39,00 43,00 Balancing springs for S round beams with lights Ø S round beam with lights S round beam with lights and foot 5,5 6,0 7,5 8,0 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 4,300 mm 4,310 to 5,000 mm 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 4,300 mm S round beam with lights and skirt S round beam with lights, skirt and foot Item code Price (euro) 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 4,300 mm 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 721008 721005 721006 721018 24,00 24,50 33,00 43,00 S round beam with skirt 0 to 2,300 mm S round beam with skirt and foot Item code Price (euro) 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 721008 721005 721006 721018 24,00 24,50 33,00 43,00 Balancing springs for S round beams S Ø S round beam 5,5 6,0 7,0 8,0 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 4,300 mm 4,310 to 5,000 mm S round beam with foot 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 4,300 mm Parameters calculation for articulated barriers 615 (*) 2,310 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 4,300 mm Balancing springs for articulated barrier 615 L (mm) 1.815 A (mm) 815 to 1,314 2,815 815 to 1,314 1,315 to 2,075 815 to 2,075 85 110 2.815 A 3.815 Item code 721008 721005 721008 721005 721006 H B L 930 A Rectangular beam LT Dimensions in mm L = Beam length H = Floor to ceiling height (max. 3.20 m) A = H - 1.125 mm Notes • (*) The 615 STANDARD barrier bodies are already designed for the articulated beam, to be constructed with the articulation kit (max ceiling height 3.20 m). See Specific Accessories for 615 on the previous page. • IMPORTANT: the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed on the beam profile. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 111 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS Balancing springs for rectangular beams 617 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Automatic electromechanical barrier 230V for beams up to 7 m • Irreversible electromechanical barrier • Standard version equipped with adjustable electronic and mechanical limit switches • Easy modification from right hand to left hand • Solid and sturdy steel body with protective cataphoresis treatment, polyester powder painted • Ideal for medium transit passages and control of small, medium, private and parking areas • Manual release with a hexagonal key • Compatible with new round beam equipped with optional integrated lights • Compatible with current FAAC beams • Opening and closing deceleration in the final phases for a smooth movement • Automatic set-up through self-learning • Large shaft to facilitate cable routing • Large internal space to facilitate installation and accessories positioning • Adjustable rod allowing on site adjustment of the spring DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 617 Model Power supply voltage Electric motor Max power Effective torque Material Treatment Deceleration Type of beam Operating ambient temperature Thermal protection IP Weight Dimensions (LxPxH) Limit switches Opening built-in mechanical stops Release device 617/3 617/4 230V~ 50 Hz Single-phase, monodirectional 617/6 250 W 60 Nm 380 W 100 Nm 150 Nm Steel Anti corrosion cataphoresis treatment + polyester powder painted Electronical and mechanical - Adjustable Rectangular - Rectangular with skirt - Rectangular articulated - Round -20°C ÷ +55°C 140°C IP44 63 kg 69 kg 360x210x1.085 mm 410x210x1.085 mm Yes Yes External - With an hexagonal key, optional with encoded key TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE 3 Ref Q.ty Description of material 2 4 1 A B 5 Low voltage cabling 1 cable 3x0,50 2 cables 2x0,50 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1,5+T 1 cable 2x1,5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 112 5 1 617/4 1 1 1 1 1 Foundation Plate Balancing Spring for round beam 1 channel RP 433 SLH plug-in receiver Securing pocket for round beams Standard round beam - 5.000 mm length FAACLIGHT 230V lamp Key Switch T10 Plastic box for fotoswitch Pair of FOTOSWITCH Photocells Aluminium Colums forPhotocells 1 1 2 TOTAL Item Code 1046174 00058P1800 6100126 787824 428445 428002 410013 401010001-36 720086 785152 401028 Price (euro) 840,00 35,00 34,00 59,00 105,00 164,00 37,00 36,00 2,50 77,00 76,00 1.465,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model Use Opening time (s) 2.5 s 4s 8s Beam length (m) 3m 5m 7m 617/3 BPR 617/4 BPR 617/6 BPR Use frequency (%) 50% 50% 60% Control unit Item code Price (euro) 615 BPR Included 615 BPR Included 615 BPR Included 1046173 1046174 1046176 960,00 840,00 1.100,00 CONTROL UNITS ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 596/615 BPR Technical specifications page 150 Skirt kit (*) length 2 m Skirt kit (*) length 3 m Foundation plate Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Fork support plate End foot (*) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737621 10,00 each 428441 124,00 428446 183,00 Item code Price (euro) 00058P1800 35,00 Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Support fork 428442 80,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS 617 728487 129,00 Item code Price (euro) 728488 20,50 Notes ATTENTION: 617/3 do not allow the installation of any type of accessory on the beam (i.e. endfoot, skirt) Reflective strip kit Kit for connecting round beam lights Luminous cord package containing 11 m (*) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490117 10,50 390081 84,00 390993 89,00 SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR 617/4 WITH RECTANGULAR BEAMS ONLY (*) For use of the skirt kit and/or end foot, we advise you to select the most suitable balancing spring (see relevant table on the following page). Articulation kit - max. ceiling height 3 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Item code Price (euro) 428137 222,00 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 113 617 RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM 617/3 AND 617/4 RECTANGULAR BEAMS (SAME AS FAAC 615 AND 620) Notes ATTENTION: 617/3 allows application of "beam only" NO ACCESSORIES ADMITTED Standard rectangular beams 5 lengths: Length 2,315 mm Item code 428088 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 2,815 mm Item code 428089 Price (euro) 104,00 Length 3,815 mm Item code 428090 Price (euro) 114,00 Length 4,815 mm Item code 428091 Price (euro) 124,00 Fastening pocket for rectangular beams Rectangular beams Item code 428342 Price (euro) 41,00 BALANCING SPRINGS Beam only (m) 2 – 2.7 2.7 – 2.4 3.4 – 4 4 – 4.6 4.6 - 5 Articulated beam (m) 2 – 2.7 2.7 – 3.4 3.4 - 4 Beam + endfoot (m) Beam + skirt (m) 2 – 2.7 2.7 – 3.4 3.4 – 4 4–5 2 – 2.7 2.7 – 3.4 3.4 – 4 4 – 4.6 4.6 - 5 Item Code 00058F1811 00058F1812 00058F1813 00058F1814 00058F1815 6100126 Price (euro) 19,00 25,00 22,00 23,00 31,00 34,00 617/3 AND 617/4 ROUND "S" BEAMS (SAME AS FAAC 615 AND 620) Notes ATTENTION: 617/3 allows application of "beam only" NO ACCESSORIES ADMITTED Round beams S (stickers not included) Length 2.300 mm Item code 428045 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 3.300 mm Item code 428042 Price (euro) 114,00 Length 4.300 mm Item code 428043 Price (euro) 140,00 Fastening pocket for round beams Item code Price (euro) 428445 105,00 BALANCING SPRINGS Round + lights (m) 0 - 2.3 2.31 – 3.3 Round + endfoot (m) 0 - 2.3 Round+ light + endfoot (m) 0 - 2.3 Round+ skirt (m) 0 - 2.3 Round+ light + skirt (m) 0 - 2.3 2.31 – 3.3 2.31 – 3.3 2.31 – 3.3 2.31 – 3.3 3.31 – 4.3 3.31 – 4.3 3.31 – 4.3 3.31 – 4.3 3.31 – 4.3 4.31- 5 114 Round+ skirt + endfoot (m) Round+ skirt +lights + endfoot (m) 0 - 2.3 0 - 2.3 2.31 – 3.3 2.31 – 3.3 3.31 – 4.3 3.31 – 4.3 Item Code Price (euro) 00058F1811 00058F1812 00058F1813 00058F1814 00058F1815 6100126 19,00 25,00 22,00 23,00 31,00 34,00 Standard rectangular beams Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) AUTOMATIC BARRIERS 617/6 RECTANGULAR BEAMS (SAME AS FAAC 640) Fastening pocket for rectangular beam Item code 428154 Price (euro) 93,00 4.000 mm 428061 186,00 5.000 mm 428062 209,00 6.000 mm 428063 250,00 7.000 mm 428064 291,00 BALANCING SPRINGS Beam only (m) Beam + endfoot (m) Beam + skirt (m) Part number Price (euro) 4 – 4.8 4.8 – 5.5 5.5 – 6.3 6.3 - 7 4 – 4.8 4.8 – 5.5 5.5 - 6 4 – 4.8 4.8 – 5.5 5.5 - 6 00058F1816 00058F1817 00058F1818 6100024 34,00 35,00 39,00 59,00 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 115 620 Standard RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM Automatic barrier 230V for beams up to 5 m • Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block • The ideal solution for heavy but not continuous traffic • Electronic deceleration, patented • The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices • Automatic, semi-automatic, parking, condo and custom logics • External release with triangular key. • Built-in detector, two indipendent channels. • Bus technology • New round beam with light support. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 620 STANDARD Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Effective torque Electronic deceleration Operating ambient temperature 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 1400 r.p.m. 0.75/1 l/min 120°C 0 to 200 / 0 to 150 Nm Adjustable with cams -20°C to +55°C Weight Type of oil Barrier body treatment Paint Protection class 73 kg FAAC HP OIL 100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment Polyester RAL 2004 IP 44 rectangular standard - standard Type of beam rectangular with skirt - articulated standard - round - pivoting round - round S Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 350 x 170 x 1080 Thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description of material 3 2 5 1 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 1 cable 2x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 116 1 620 Standard barrier body with built-in control unit 624 BLD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 Fastening pocket for rectangular 428342 beam Foundation plate 490058 Rectangular beam 4,815 mm 428091 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 787824 Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 410013 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH 785152 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH 401028 Key-operated push-button T10 401010001/36 Foundation plates for columns 737630 Plastic container to be walled in 720086 4 5 Item code TOTAL see following page Price (euro) 1.543,00 41,00 84,00 124,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 77,00 76,00 36,00 20,00 2,50 2.131,90 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model 620 standard LH/RH 620 standard articulated LH/RH Use Opening time (s) 3.5 (3m) 4.5 (4m) 3.5 (3m) 4.5 (4m) Beam max. length (m) 5,00 4,00 (articulated) Control unit Item code Price (euro) Use frequency (%) 70 Built-in 624 BLD 1.543,00 70 Built-in 624 BLD See following table See following table 1.586,00 The packages 620 standard include: barrier body - for rectangular / round / pivoting round beam (620 STD) - for rectangular articulated beam (620 STD ART.), hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key. ORDER CODES TABLE FOR 620 STANDARD BARRIERS Model Beam profile 620 rectangular standard 620 rectangular standard with skirt 620 STD 620 S round 620 S round with skirt 620 pivoting round 620 rectangular articulated A(*) = 815 to 1314 mm 620 STD ARTICULATED Right barrier 620 rectangular articulated A(*) = 1315 to 1814 mm 620 rectangular articulated A(*) = 1815 to 2075 mm Left barrier Beam length (mm) 1,315 to 2,055 2,065 to 2,555 2,565 to 3,055 3,065 to 3,815 3,825 to 4,815 1,815 to 2,805 2,815 to 3,555 3,565 to 3,815 3,825 to 4,815 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 2,800 mm 2,810 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 3,800 mm 3,810 to 4,300 mm 4,310 to 5,000 mm 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 2,800 mm 2,810 to 3,300 mm 3,310 to 3,800 mm 3,810 to 4,300 mm 4,310 to 5,000 mm 1,500 to 2,240 2,250 to 2,740 2,750 to 3,000 1,315 to 1,815 1,825 to 2,815 2,825 to 3,815 1,825 to 2,815 2,825 to 3,815 LH version code 1046268 1046208 1046278 1046288 1046228 1046208 1046218 1046228 1047508 1046268 1046208 1046278 1046288 1046228 1046228 1046268 1046208 1046218 1046228 1047508 1047508 1046268 1046208 1046278 1047018 1047028 1047038 1047038 1047048 RH version code 1046468 1046408 1046478 1046488 1046428 1046408 1046418 1046428 1047518 1046468 1046408 1046478 1046488 1046428 1046128 1046468 1046408 1046418 1046428 1047508 1047518 1046468 1046408 1046478 1047118 1047128 1047138 1047138 1047148 1,825 to 2,815 1047048 1047148 CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 624 BLD Technical specifications page 150 Articulation kit - max. ceiling height 3 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Notes • You can determine right or left barrier version, by looking at the barrier from the door side (see drawing at the side). The door usually faces the inside of the property. IMPORTANT the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed on the beam profile. • IMPORTANT the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case and must be ordered separately. Consult “Specific accessories” • (*) A = H - 1125 (mm) where H is the floor to ceiling height. Item code Price (euro) 428137 222,00 117 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS 620 STANDARD 620 Standard RESIDENTIAL CONDOMINIUM SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Standard rectangular beams 5 lengths: Length 2.315 mm Item code 428088 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 2.815 mm Item code 428089 Price (euro) 104,00 Length 3.815 mm Item code 428090 Price (euro) 114,00 Length 4.815 mm Item code 428091 Price (euro) 124,00 Pivoting round beams Fastening pocket for rectangular, round and pivoting round beams Fixing pocket for pivoting round beam - (INOX) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Rectangular beams Item code 428342 Price (euro) 41,00 Item code Price (euro) 2.500 mm 428175 196,00 3.000 mm 428176 211,00 End foot for S/L round beam Support fork for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 428442 80,00 428163 384,00 728487 129,00 Skirt kit (only for standard rectangular beams) Length 2.000 mm Item code 428441 Price (euro) 124,00 Length 3.000 mm Item code 428446 Price (euro) 183,00 Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Code from 424641 to 424676 Price (euro) 24,50 each Additional triangular release key Break out sensor for pivoting round beams Anti-vandal valve (*) It protects the hydraulic system if the beam is forced Anti-panic unit (*) For manual opening of the beam in the event of a power cut Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 713002 1,50 each Fork support plate Foundation plate Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737621 10,00 each ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES 390828 56,00 401066 136,00 Notes • (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier. • (**) For correct balancing, installing a foot on a beam and on a beam with skirt, entails selecting a barrier housing for beam lengths of over 0.5 m. 118 490058 84,00 401051 310,00 Round beams S (stickers not included) Length 2.300 mm Item code 428045 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 3.300 mm Item code 428042 Price (euro) 114,00 Length 4.300 mm Item code 428043 Price (euro) 140,00 Length 5.000 mm Item code 428002 Price (euro) 164,00 Fastening pocket for S 615/620 round beams Item code 428445 Price (euro) 105,00 Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Reflective strip kit Kit for connecting S/L round beam lights (**) Luminous cord package containing 11 m Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 728488 20,50 490117 10,50 2 m skirt kit for S/L round beam 3 m skirt kit for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 428441 124,00 End foot for S/L round beam (*) Support fork for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 428442 80,00 390992 20,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS ROUND BEAMS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES 728487 129,00 390993 89,00 428446 183,00 Notes • (*) For correct balancing, the installation of a foot on a beam with skirt requires a barrier housing for beam lengths greater than 0.5 m. • (**) For correct balancing, the installation of lights on a beam and on a beam with skirt, for lengths greater than 2,800 mm requires a barrier housing for beam lengths greater than 0.5 m. N.B. In case of beam with foot, consider 1 m (0.5 lights + 0.5 foot). 119 620 Rapid CONDOMINIUM PARKING Automatic barrier 230V for beams up to 4 m • Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block • The ideal solution for heavy traffic • Electronic deceleration, patented • The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices • Automatic, semi-automatic, parking logics • External release with triangular key. • Built-in detector, two indipendent channels. • Bus technology. • New round beam with light support. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 620 RAPID Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Effective torque Electronic deceleration Operating ambient temperature 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 1400 - 2800 r.p.m. 1.5/2 l/min 120°C 0÷100 / 0÷80 Nm Adjustable with cams -20°C to +55°C Weight Type of oil Barrier body treatment Paint Protection class Cooling 73 kg FAAC HP OIL 100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment Polyester RAL 2004 IP 44 Forced air standard rect. - standard articulated rect. - round Type of beam - pivoting round - S round Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 350 x 170 x 1080 Thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description of material 3 2 5 1 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 1 cable 2x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 120 4 5 Item code 1 620 Rapid barrier body with built-in control unit 624 BLD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 Fastening pocket for rectangular 428342 beams Foundation plate 490058 Rectangular beam 3,815 mm 428090 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 787824 Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 410013 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH 785152 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH 401028 Key-operated push-button T10 401010001/36 Foundation plates for columns 737630 Plastic container to be walled in 720086 TOTAL see following page Price (euro) 1,641.10 41,00 84,00 114,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 77,00 76,00 36,00 20,00 2,50 2.222,60 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model 620 rapid LH/RH STD 620 rapid articulated LH/RH Use Opening time (s) 2 (3m) 3 (4m) 3 Beam max. length (m) 4.00 3.00 (articulated) Control unit Item code Price (euro) Use frequency (%) Continuous duty Built-in 624 BLD See following table 1.690,00 Continuous duty Built-in 624 BLD See following table 1.731,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS 620 RAPID The packages 620 rapid include: barrier body - for rectangular / round / pivoting round beam (620 RAP.) - for rectangular articulated beam (620 RAP. ART.), hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key. ORDER CODES TABLE FOR 620 RAPID BARRIER Model Beam profile 620 standard rectangular 620 RAPID 620 round S 620 pivoting round 620 rectangular articulated A(*) = 815 to 1314 mm 620 RAPID ARTICULATED 620 rectangular articulated A(*) = 1315 to 1814 mm Beam length (mm) 1,315 to 2,055 2,065 to 2,555 2,565 to 3,055 3,065 to 3,815 0 to 2,300 mm 2,310 to 2,800 mm 2,810 to 3,300 mm 1,500 to 2,240 2,250 to 2,740 2,750 to 3,000 1,315 to 1,815 1,825 to 2,815 1,825 to 2,815 LH version code 1046328 1046338 1046348 1046358 1046328 1046338 1046348 1046328 1046338 1046348 1047208 1047218 1047228 RH version code 1046528 1046538 1046548 1046558 1046528 1046538 1046548 1046528 1046538 1046548 1047308 1047318 1047328 1,825 to 2,815 1047238 1047338 620 rectangular articulated A(*) = 1815 to 2075 mm Notes • IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case and must be ordered separately (Specific accessories). • (*) A = H - 1.125 mm where H is the floor to ceiling height. • You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the barrier from the door side (see drawing above). The door usually faces the inside of the property. • IMPORTANT: the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed on the beam profile. • A skirt kit and/or end foot cannot be installed on a round beam. Right barrier Left barrier CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 624 BLD Technical specifications page 150 Articulation kit - max. ceiling height 3 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Foundation plate Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 428137 222,00 490058 84,00 121 620 Rapid SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Standard rectangular beams Pivoting round beams Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) 2.315 mm 428088 94,00 2.815 mm 428089 104,00 3.815 mm 428090 114,00 2.500 mm 428175 196,00 3.000 mm 428176 211,00 Fastening pocket for rectangular, round and pivoting round beams Rectangular beams Item code 428342 Price (euro) 41,00 (INOX) Pivoting round beams Item code 428163 Price (euro) 384,00 Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Additional triangular release key Support fork for S/L round beam Fork support plate Code from 424641 to 424676 Price (euro) 24,50 each Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 713002 1,50 each 728487 129,00 737621 10,00 each ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES Anti-vandal valve (*) It protects the hydraulic system if the beam is forced Anti-panic unit (*) For manual opening of the beam in the event of a power cut Break out sensor for pivoting round beams Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401066 136,00 401051 310,00 Notes • (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier. 122 390828 56,00 728488 20,50 Round beams S (stickers not included) Length 2,300 mm Item code 428045 Price (euro) 94,00 Length 3,300 mm Item code 428042 Price (euro) 114,00 Fastening pocket for S 615/620 round beams Item code 428445 Price (euro) 105,00 Support fork for S/L round beam Reflective strip kit Kit for connecting S/L round beam lights (*) Luminous cord package containing 11 m Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 490117 10,50 390992 20,00 Item code Price (euro) 728487 129,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS ROUND BEAMS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Item code 728488 Price (euro) 20,50 390993 89,00 Notes • (*) For correct balancing, the installation of lights on a beam for lengths greater than 2,800 mm requires a barrier housing for beam lengths greater than 0.5 m. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 123 620 TT Automatic barrier 230V for beams up to 3 m • Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block • The ideal solution for heavy but not continuous traffic • Electronic deceleration, patented • The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices • Automatic, semi-automatic, parking, condo and custom logics • External release with triangular key. • Integrated metallic mass detector Bus technology DIMENSIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 620 STANDARD LH/RH DIMENSIONI EAND CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE DOMO LINK B7 con batteria Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump capacity Thermal protection on motor winding Effective torque Electronic deceleration Operating ambient temperature Weight Type of oil Barrier body treatment Paint Protection class Cooling Type of beam Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Thrust capacitor 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 2800 r.p.m. 3,0 l/min 120 °C 0-200 / 0-150 Nm Adjustable with cams -20 °C to +55 °C 73 kg HP OIL Cataphoresis Polyester RAL 2004 IP 44 Forced air rectangular standard- pivoting round 350 x 170 x 1080 8 µF 400 V TYPICAL EXAMPLE ESEMPIOINSTALLATION SCHEMA D’INSTALLAZIONE TIPO Ref. Q.ty Description 3 2 5 1 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 1 cable 2x0.5 Power cabling (230 V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 124 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 TOTAL Item code 620 barrier with built-in 104654866 control unit 624 BLD Fastening pocket for rectangular 428342 beams Foundation plate 490058 Rectangular beam 2815 mm 428089 Receiver board RP433SLH 787824 Two-channels transmitter XT2433 SLH LR 787007 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 410013 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH 401028 Key-operated push-button T10 401010001/36 Price (euro) 1.731,00 41,00 84,00 104,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 38,00 36,00 2.165,00 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Use Opening time (s) 1,4 Control unit Item code Price (euro) Use frequency (%) 100 built-in 624 BLD 104653866 1.731,00 620 TT RH rectangular RH pivoting round Beam max. length (m) 2 m - 2,5 m 2,25 m - 2,74 m 620 TT LH rectangular LH pivoting round 2 m - 2,5 m 2,25 m - 2,74 m 1,4 100 built-in 624 BLD 104633866 1.731,00 2,75 m - 3 m 3m 1,4 100 built-in 624 BLD 104654866 1.731,00 620 TT RH pivoting round RH rectangular The packages 620TT include: barrier body for rectangular / pivoting round beam, hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key. Notes • IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case and must be ordered separately. Consult “specific accessories”. You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the barrier from the door side (see drawing above). The door usually faces the inside of the property. Right barrier Left barrier SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Foundation plate Item code Price (euro) 490058 84,00 Rectangular beams standard Pivoting round beams Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) 2,815 mm 428089 104,00 2,315 mm 428088 94,00 3,000 mm 428176 211,00 2,500 mm 428175 196,00 Fastening pocket for rectangular, round and pivoting round beams Rectangular beams Item code 428342 Price (euro) 41,00 Pivoting round beams (INOX) Item code 428163 Price (euro) 384,00 CONTROL UNITS Built-in control board 624 BLD Technical specifications page 150 OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 125 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS Model 620 SR INDUSTRIAL PARKING Automatic barrier 230V for beams up to 3 m • Hydraulic operator with opening and closing block • External release system with triangular key • Adjustable hydraulic deceleration • Carrying housing in steel with cataphoresis treatment and polyester paint (STD models) or stainless steel AISI 316 L (inox models). • Built-in detector, two indipendent channels. • Bus technology. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 620 SR Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Electronic deceleration Operating ambient temperature 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 2800 r.p.m. 3 l/min 130°C Adjustable with cams -20°C to +55°C Weight Type of oil Barrier body treatment Paint Protection class Cooling 80 kg FAAC HP OIL 100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment Polyester RAL 2004/inox IP 44 Forced air rectangular - round Type of beam - pivoting round Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 380 x 200 x 1080 TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description of material 3 2 5 1 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 1 cable 2x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 126 1 620 SR barrier body with built-in control unit 624 BLD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 Fastening pocket for rectangular beams Foundation plate Rectangular beam 2,815 mm Receiver board RP 433 SLH Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH Key-operated push-button T10 Foundation plates for columns Plastic container to be walled in 4 5 TOTAL Item code see following page 428344 490059 428089 787824 787007 410013 785152 401028 401010001/36 737630 720086 Price (euro) 2.233,00 50,00 91,00 104,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 77,00 76,00 36,00 20,00 2,50 2.820,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. Model 620 SR LH/RH (0,8/0,8 s) STD 620 SR LH/RH (0,8/2,2 s) STD 620 SR LH/RH (0,8/0,8 s) INOX 620 SR LH/RH (0,8/2,2 s) INOX Use Opening time (s) 0,8/0,8 Price (euro) Use frequency (%) Continuous duty Control unit Item code Beam max. length (m) 2.815 Built-in 624 BLD See following table 2.233,00 2.815 0,8/2,2 Continuous duty Built-in 624 BLD See following table 2.339,00 2.815 0,8/0,8 Continuous duty Built-in 624 BLD See following table 3.340,00 2.815 0,8/2,2 Continuous duty Built-in 624 BLD See following table 3.523,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS 620 SR The packages 620 SR include: barrier body - for rectangular / round / pivoting round beam - for rectangular articulated beam, hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key. ORDER CODES TABLE FOR 620 SR BARRIER Model 620 SR (0,8/0,8 s) STANDARD 620 SR (0,8/2,2 s) STANDARD 620 SR (0,8/0,8 s) INOX 620 SR (0,8/2,2 s) INOX Beam profile 620 rectangular 620 pivoting round 620 rectangular 620 pivoting round 620 rectangular 620 pivoting round 620 rectangular 620 pivoting round Beam length (mm) 2.065 to 2.305 2.315 to 2.815 2.250 to 3.000 2.250 to 2.490 2.500 to 3.000 2.250 to 3.000 2.065 to 2.305 2.315 to 2.815 2.250 to 3.000 2.065 to 2.305 2.315 to 2.815 2.250 to 3.000 LH version code 104781 104780 104781 104791 104790 104791 104821 104820 104821 104831 104830 104831 RH version code 104761 104760 104761 104771 104770 104771 104801 104800 104801 104811 104810 104811 Notes • IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case and must be ordered separately (Specific accessories). • (*) A = H - 1125 mm where H is the floor to ceiling height. • You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the barrier from the door side (see drawing above). The door usually faces the inside of the property. • IMPORTANT: the rectangular beam has a profile in anti-impact rubber; for balancing reasons, “active” safety edges cannot be installed on the beam profile. • A skirt kit and/or end foot cannot be installed on a round beam. Right barrier Left barrier CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 624 BLD Technical specifications page 150 Foundation plate Item code Price (euro) 490059 91,00 127 620 SR SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Standard rectangular beams Pivoting round beams Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) 2,315 mm 428088 94,00 2,815 mm 428089 104,00 2,500 mm 428175 196,00 3,000 mm 428176 211,00 Fastening pocket for rectangular, round and pivoting round beams Rectangular beams Item code 428344 Price (euro) 50,00 (INOX) Pivoting round beams Item code 428163 Price (euro) 384,00 Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Additional triangular release key Support fork for S/L round beam Fork support plate Code from 424641 to 424676 Price (euro) 24,50 each Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 713002 1,50 each 728487 129,00 737621 10,00 each ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES Anti-vandal valve (*) It protects the hydraulic system if the beam is forced Anti-panic unit (*) For manual opening of the beam in the event of a power cut Break out sensor for pivoting round beams Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401066 136,00 401051 310,00 390828 56,00 728488 20,50 Notes • (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 166 128 Photocells and Columns page 170 Safety devices page 174 Flashing lamps page 175 Transmitters page 160 Various accessories page 176 640 INDUSTRIAL Automatic barrier 230V AUTOMATIC BARRIERS for beams up to 7 m • Hydraulic with opening and closing block • External release with triangular key • The right solution for large industrial accesses, with particularly demanding use • Electronic deceleration, patented • The barrier statuses can be signalled to the traffic control devices. • Built-in detector, two indipendent channels. • Bus technology. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 640 Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Thermal protection on motor winding Effective torque Electronic deceleration Operating ambient temperature 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz single-phase, bi-directional 220 W 1A 1400 - 2800 r.p.m. 0.75 - 1 - 1.5 - 2 l/min 120°C 0÷470/0÷340/0÷250/0÷210 Nm Adjustable with cams -20°C to +55°C Weight 84 kg Type of oil FAAC HP OIL Barrier body treatment 100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment Paint Polyester RAL 2004 Protection class IP 44 Cooling Forced air Type of beam rectangular - rectangular with skirt Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm 380 x 200 x 1080 Thrust capacitor 8 µF 400 V TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE Ref. Q.ty Description of material 3 2 5 1 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 1 cable 2x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T 1 cable 2x1.5 N.B: Cable sections in mm2 1 640 barrier body with built-in control unit 624 BLD 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 Fastening pocket for rectangular beams Foundation plate 490059 Support fork 722633 Rigid beam 7 m 428064 Receiver board RP 433 SLH 787824 Two-channels transmitter XT2 433 SLH LR 787007 Flashing lamp FAACLIGHT 410013 Pair of photocells FOTOSWITCH 785152 Aluminium columns for FOTOSWITCH 401028 Key-operated push-button T10 401010001/36 Foundation plates for columns 737630 Support plate for fork 737621 Plastic container to be walled in 720086 4 5 Item code TOTAL see following page 428154 Price (euro) 1.800,00 93,00 91,00 131,00 291,00 59,00 35,00 37,00 77,00 76,00 36,00 20,00 10,00 2,50 2.758,50 Notes ATTENTION: The configuration does not include the safety devices (i.e.: active or passive safety edges) that are to be determined according to the specific “risk analysis” of each installation (Ref.: UNI-EN 12445 and 12453 European Standards). • The indicated price does not include the installation costs and the expenses for masonry, electrical and metalwork preparations. 129 640 INDUSTRIAL 640 Model Use Opening time (s) 4 (5m) Beam max. length (m) 7,00 640 LH/RH Use frequency (%) Continuous duty Control unit Item code Price (euro) Built-in 624 BLD See following table 1.800,00 The packages 640 include: barrier body, hydraulic drive transmission system complete with balancing spring, installation accessories, a triangular release key. ORDER CODES TABLE FOR BARRIER 640 Model Beam profile Beam length (mm) 3.750 to 4.240 4.250 to 5.240 5.250 to 6.740 6.750 to 7.000 3.750 to 4.740 4.750 to 5.240 5.250 to 5.740 5.750 to 7.000 640 rectangular 640 640 rectangular with skirt LH version code 1046828 1046838 1046848 1046858 1046898 1046908 1046858 1046918 RH version code 1046608 1046618 1046628 1046638 1046688 1046698 1046638 1046708 Notes • IMPORTANT: the beam fastening pocket is not included in the case and must be ordered separately. Consult “specific accessories”. You can determine right or left barrier version by looking at the barrier from the door side (see drawing above). The door usually faces the inside of the property. Right barrier Left barrier CONTROL UNITS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Built-in control board 624 BLD Technical specifications page 150 Skirt kit (*) length 2 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Skirt kit (*) length 3 m (only for standard rectangular beams) Fastening pocket for rectangular beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 130 428441 124,00 428446 183,00 428154 93,00 Foundation plate Standard rectangular beams Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) 4.000 mm 428061 186,00 5.000 mm 428062 209,00 6.000 mm 428063 250,00 7.000 mm 428064 291,00 Item code Price (euro) 490059 91,00 Support fork for S/L round beam Fork support plate Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 728487 129,00 737621 10,00 each Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Additional triangular release key End foot for S/L round beam Code from 424681 al 424716 Price (euro) 24,50 each Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 713002 1,50 each AUTOMATIC BARRIERS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES 428442 80,00 ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES Anti-vandal valve (*) It protects the hydraulic system if the beam is forced Anti-panic unit (*) For manual opening of the beam in the event of a power cut Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401066 136,00 401051 310,00 Notes • (*) The anti-panic unit and the anti-vandal valve cannot coexist on the same barrier. • (**) For correct balancing, installing a foot on a standard rectangular beam and on a standard rectangular beam with skirt, entails selecting a barrier housing for beam lengths of over 0.5 m. OTHER ACCESSORIES Key-operated push‑buttons page 162 Photocells and Columns page 167 Safety devices page 168 Flashing lamps page 170 Transmitters page 156 Various accessories page 171 131 B680H RESIDENTIAL INDUSTRIAL CONDOMINIUM PARKING Hybrid automatic barrier 24V for beams measuring 2 to 8 m •Hybrid technology: Hydraulic + Brushless motor •Barrier with "unlimited" springs: over 2,000,000 continuous use cycles without special maintenance •Extreme logistics optimisation: only one barrier model and two springs for sectional beams measuring 2 to 8 m, right or left version and for different speeds •Removable housing available in 4 colours or stainless steel •High opening speed (selectable electronically): from 1.5 seconds for 2 m gateways up to 6 seconds for 8 m gateways. •Easy-to-program and technologically advanced control unit: Integrated encoder (with reverse in the event of obstacle), two integrated Loop Detectors, assorted Master/Slave logics and management (opposing barriers) •Integrated flashing LED traffic light with anti-vandalism system and LED lights for beam (accessories) •Compatible with 620 and 640 foundation plate (Retrofit) TYPICAL INSTALLATION EXAMPLE 4 Ref. Q.ty Description of material 3 2 1 6 A B Low voltage cabling 3 cables 3x0.5 Power cabling (230V) 1 cable 2x1.5+T N.B: Cable sections in mm2 5 6 1 B680 barrier body with built-in E680 control unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 RAL 3020 Red cabinet 416016 Foundation plate 490139 L pocket and balance spring 428437 L coupling 428616 Initial beam L 4 m 428048 Final beam L 4.3 m 428051 Integrated flashing traffic light 410022 Beam light connection kit 390992 LED luminous cord package containing 11 m 390993 RP 433 SLH receiver board 787824 XT2433 SLH LR two-channel transmitter 787007 XP 20 B D photocell pair 785103 Aluminium columns 401039 (maximum height 628 mm) Found. plate columns 737637 T10 key button 401010001/36 Support fork for beams S/L 728487 Fork support plate 737621 Reflective strip kit 490117 TOTAL 132 Item code 1 1 1 1 1 104680 Price (euro) 1.391,00 402,00 84,00 341,00 41,00 194,00 197,00 122,00 20,00 89,00 59,00 35,00 74,00 30,00 6,00 36,00 129,00 10,00 10,50 3.270,50 Model Upright B680H Beam length (m) From 2.3 m to 8.3 m Use Opening time (s) From 1.5 s (2 m) to 6 s (8 m) Use frequency (%) Continuous (100%) Control unit Item code Price (euro) Built-in E680 104680 1.391,00 AUTOMATIC BARRIERS B680H from 2 m to 8 m The B680H upright package includes: barrier upright with control unit and absolute encoder, hydraulic motion transmission system, accessories for installation, triangular release key. It DOES NOT include the pocket and balance spring (sold together under another part nr.). DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS B680H Power supply voltage Electric motor Absorbed power Absorbed current Motor rotation speed Pump flow rate Electronic deceleration Operating ambient temperature Weight Type of oil Barrier body treatment Protection class Type of beam Dimensions (L x D x H) in mm Switching: 100 to 240 Vac 50 (60) Hz Brushless 36 Vdc 240 W 1.1 A (a 230 V) 1,000 to 6,000 r.p.m. 3,2 l/min (max) Absolute magnetic encoder -20°C to +55°C' 85 kg (65 kg upright + 20 kg housing) FAAC HP OIL 100 micron epoxy zinc-plating anti-corrosion treatment + paint IP56 (TÜV certified) Round with safety edge and designed to fit lights 469x279x1100 (see drawing ) Lmin 2.000 mm (beam 2.300 mm) Lmin 8.000 mm (beam 8.300 mm) 436 mm 900 mm 1.100 mm 300 mm 469 mm CONTROL UNITS Built-in E680 electronic board Technical specifications page 151 RAL 9006 Grey housing Item code 416019 Price (euro 402,00 279 mm SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES RAL 3020 Red housing RAL 5011 Blue housing RAL 9010 White housing Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 416016 402,00 416017 402,00 416018 402,00 RAL 9006 stainless steel housing Item code 416020 Price (euro) 1.391,00 133 B680H RESIDENTIAL INDUSTRIAL CONDOMINIUM PARKING S: UP TO 5 m PASSAGE (5.3 m BEAM) Accessories for S round beams depending on net gateway clearance up to 4.5 m from 4.5 to 5 m from 4.5 to 5 m sectional (with coupling) SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Lights X X Skirt X Foot X • All beams are supplied with protective rubber on the bottom side and designed to fit lights on the top side. Reflective strips are not included. • The beam profiles feature an elliptic section for operation even in windy areas. • The sectional beam coupling is invisible once it is installed. S pocket and balance spring Item code Price (euro) 428436 168,00 One-piece S beams Model One-piece S Beam 2.3 m One-piece Beam 3.3 m One-piece Beam 4.3 m One-piece Beam 5.3 m Item code 428045 428042 428043 428044 Price (euro) 94,00 114,00 140,00 167,00 Model S coupling Initial S Beam 2.3 m Initial S Beam 3.3 m Final S beam 2 m Item code 428615 428045 428042 428046 Price (euro) 29,50 94,00 114,00 81,00 Sectional S beams L: FROM 5 TO 8 m PASSAGE (8.3 m BEAM) Accessories for L round beams depending on net gateway clearance from 5 m to 7 m from 7 m to 7.5 m from 7.5 m to 8 m SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES Lights Skirt Foot X X X X X (without foot) X X (without skirt) X • All beams are supplied with protective rubber on the bottom side and designed to fit lights on the top side. Reflective strips are not included. • The beam profiles feature an elliptic section for operation even in windy areas. • The sectional beam coupling is invisible once it is installed. L pocket and balancing spring Item code Price (euro) 428437 341,00 One-piece L beams Model One-piece Beam L 5.3 m Item code 428047 Price (euro) 222,00 Sectional L beams Model Upright L Initial L Beam 4 m Final L Beam 2.3 m Final L Beam 3.3 m Final L Beam 4.3 m 134 Item code 428616 428048 428049 428050 428051 Price (euro) 41,00 194,00 131,00 167,00 197,00 Pivoting round beams Stainless steel pocket for pivoting round beams (S spring required) Foundation plate Length Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 2,500 mm 428175 196,00 3,000 mm 428176 211,00 428163 384,00 Integrated flashing traffic light * 490139 84,00 Item code Price (euro) 410022 122,00 Spring S (for pivoting round beams) Item code 63000169 Price (euro) 135,00 Kit for connecting S/L round beam lights Package containing 11 m LED luminous cord 2 m skirt kit for S/L round beam End foot for S/L round beam Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 390992 20,00 390993 89,00 428441 124,00 428442 80,00 Fork support plate Support fork for S/L round beam Adjusting screw for S/L round beam support fork Articulated beam kit for S round beam (max 4 m) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 737621 10,00 each AUTOMATIC BARRIERS SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES 728487 129,00 728488 20,50 428444 409,00 XBAT connection kit Item code Price (euro) 390080 27,00 Additional triangular release key (10 pcs package) XBAT 24 emergency battery kit Skirt kit Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Length Item code Price (euro) 713002 1,50 each 390923 93,00 Reflective strip kit 3,000 mm 428446 183,00 Item code Price (euro) 490117 10,50 ACCESSORIES FOR SPECIFIC USES Release lock with customised key from no. 1 to no. 36 Item code from 71209101 to 71209136 Price (euro) 16,50 each Anti-vandal valve per B680H (**) It protects the hydraulic system if the beam is forced Anti-panic unit (**) For manual opening of the beam in the event of a power cut Break out sensor for pivoting round beams Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) Item code Price (euro) 401069 133,00 401051 310,00 390828 56,00 Notes • (*) It is also possible to connect the FAACLED 24V external flashing light, see pg. 170 • (**) the anti-panic and anti-vandalism valve cannot be used on the same barrier. 135 Electronic control units ProductPag. • E045140 • E145141 • E024S142 • E 124 143 • 740 D 144 • E 721 144 • 780 D 145 • 844 T 146 • 884 T 146 • E850147 • E 600-E 700HS-E 1000 148 148 • 540 BPR • 200 MPS 149 • E 550 149 • 596 / 615 BPR 150 • 624 BLD 150 • E 680 151 • JE275152 • SAFEcoder153 • Enclosures153 Electronic control units Table of boards TYPE OF APPLICATION Board Motor power supply Programming SWING LEAF E045 E145 E 024 S E 124 230 Vac 230 Vac 24Vdc 24Vdc Via display LCD or with PC/MAC Via microswitches Via display LCD or with PC/MAC Via display Function logics “automatic – semiautomatic” YES YES YES YES Function logics “dead-man” YES YES YES YES Function logics “customisable” NO YES NO YES Opening and closing safety devices YES YES YES YES Function logics of safety devices YES YES NO YES Free leaf / partial opening YES YES YES YES 12 Vac electric lock (opening and/or closing) YES YES YES YES 12 Vdc electric lock (opening and/or closing) NO YES YES (24 Vdc) YES (24 Vdc) Indicator light YES YES NO YES Courtesy light or timed contact NO YES YES YES Opening and closing limit switches NO YES NO YES Timed deceleration YES YES YES YES Electronic obstacle detection YES (with SAFEcoder) YES (with SAFEcoder) YES YES Deceleration with “reading” of gate position YES (with SAFEcoder) YES (with SAFEcoder) YES YES “Timer” function YES YES YES YES Possibility of closing leaf delay YES YES YES YES Possibility of opening leaf delay YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES Led/Display Led /Display/PC Led Led /Display/PC Diagnostics YES YES (advanced) NO YES (advanced) Learning cycle of opening and closing positions YES YES YES YES Operators test YES YES NO YES Pre-flashing (5 s) YES YES (adjustable) YES YES (adjustable) Cycle count NO YES NO YES Service request NO YES NO YES Programming via PC/MAC NO YES NO YES 2 easy – bus YES YES YES YES Omnidec YES YES YES YES Connector input (X-com, Net-com, G-com, Wi-com) NO YES NO YES Programmable inputs / outputs NO YES (In da PC / Out) NO YES (In da PC / Out) Master/Slave function NO YES NO NO Integrated programmable timer NO NO NO NO Torque adjustment (separate for each motor) Fail safe (photocell automatic test) Inputs status signalling in gray boards wich are no longer available 138 BARRIERS BOLLARDS 740D 578D 780D E721 624 BLD E680 JE275 230 Vac 24V 230 Vac 36 Vdc 230V~ Via display Via display Via display Via display LCD Via display LCD YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO YES YES YES YES YES Only closing Only closing Only closing YES YES NO NO NO YES YES NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO YES YES YES Encoder YES YES YES YES Encoder YES Encoder YES NO Encoder NO Encoder YES NO Encoder NO YES YES YES YES YES / / / / / / / / / / YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES Led Led Led Led Led YES YES YES YES YES NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES YES YES YES YES YES (adjustable) YES (adjustable) YES (adjustable) NO YES NO YES NO YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO YES (Out) YES (Out) YES (Out) YES (Out) YES (Out) NO YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS SLIDING GATE 139 E045 Model Item code price € 790005 182,00 Control unit E045 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage 230VAC ±15% 50/60 Hz Power Supply voltage 4W Stand by Absorbed Power 800W Motor max.Load Accessories max.load 500mA 24VDC - 500mA BUS 2-easy Elctric Lock max. load lock FAAC (12VAC - 24VDC) -20°C +55°C Operating ambient temperature 1 (2,5A) Protection fuses Terminal board inputs Open/open pedestrian leaf/stop (closed)/BUS 2-easy/power supply +ground Terminal board outputs Flashing / engine / accessory power supply 24VDC / Indicator light 24VDC/electric lock power supply 12VAC XF 433/868 module for OMNIDEC, USB DECODING Rapid connector LED display and buttons Programming Via display and led Status signalling The E045 control board can manage one or two motors FUNCTIONS (PROGRAMMING BY DISPLAY AND PUSH-BUTTONS) Basic Programming Function logics Pause time Motor numbers Thrust power Encoder use Closing leaf time Devices Motor Power Working time learning Semiautomatic / Automatic / Semi-automatic step-by-step / step-by-step Auto / Auto Security stepper / Semi-automatic B / C Deadman Programmable (from 0 to 9 min 50 sec) Selectable Adjustable over 50 levels for each motor independently Selectable Programmable (from 0 to 1 min 30 sec) Selectable 1 and 2 (independently) Simple self-learning (max 4 min and 10 sec). Recognition of the work time and slowdown of the two leaves with just one complete cycle of work) Trough absolute encoder SAFEcoder open/closed/slowdown positions are learned Advanced Programming Reversing stroke and ram stroke Opening delay Selectable (to facilitate the release and the electric coupling) Selectable Leaf 1 deceleration Programmable, Percentage of Total Travel (0% to 99%) Leaf 2 deceleration Programmable, Percentage of Total Travel (0% to 99%) Pre-Flashing Anti-crushing sensitivity Mechanical stop search angle Programmable if the ENCODER if present (10 levels) Selectable if ENCODER is present File management through USB Board software Upgrade Selectable Board configuration Upload Selectable Radio codes list Upload Selectable Configuration Download to board Selectable Radio codes Download to board Selectable 140 E145 Item Code 790006 price € 252,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply voltage Absorbed Power Motor max.Load Accessories max.load Elctric Lock max. load Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses SMPS from 90VAC to 260VAC 50/60 Hz 4W Stand by (2W with “sleep mode”) 800W 500mA 24VDC - 500mA BUS 2-easy FAAC Lock (12VAC – 24VDC) - not FAAC 24VDC-500mA -20°C +55°C 1 (10A) Terminal board inputs Open/open pedestrian leaf/stop (closed)/BUS 2-easy/safety in opening/ safety in closing/Power+Earth/opening and closing limit switch Terminal board outputs Flashing lamp/motors/ 24VDC power supply accessories/2 programmable OUTPUTS (default: indicator light and fail-safe)/2 electric locks Rapid connector Programming Status signalling XF 433/868 Module for OMNIDEC decoding/Connector for DECODER/minidec/RP,USB-A, USB-B, X-COM LCD Display and buttons, by means of PC/MAC through USB-B connection or X-COM module LCD Display and led E145 control board can control one or two swing-leaf gate operators, or one sliding gate operator, or mixed swing-sliding gate installations FUNCTIONS (PROGRAMMING BY DISPLAY AND PUSH-BUTTONS) Basic Programming Operator models Function logics Pause time Motor numbers Thrust power Encoder use Limit switch Opening leaf delay BUS 2-Easy devices Motor Power Working time learning Advanced Programming Maximum torque at initial thrust Reversing stroke and ram stroke Leaf delay in opening Leaf 1 deceleration Leaf 1 deceleration Radio code memory Pre-Flashing Photocell in closing ADMAP Function Anti-crushing sensitivity Mechanical stop search angle Additional working time OUT 1 and OUT2 Programming Cycle count Service request X-COM Module File management through USB-A Board software Upgrade Board configuration Upgrade Timer configuration Upgrade Radio codes list Upgrade Board configuration Download Board timer Download Board radio codes Download Selectable (swing, sliding, mixed swing – sliding installation) Semiautomatic / “stepped” Semiautomatic /Safety Automatic/ Automatic with reverse in pause /“stepped” Automatic / Safety Automatic ”stepped” /Automatic /Automatic 1 / Automatic with timer function / Semiautomatic B / Mixed (AP with pulse/CH with “dead-man”)/ deadman C /Custom (PC/MAC) Independently programmable after total or partial opening (from 0 to 9 min 50 sec) Selectable adjustable on 50 levels per each motor independently Selectable Limit switch works independently in opening and closing Programmable (from 0 to 1 min 30 sec) Selectable 1 and 2 (independently) Easy self-learning (max 4 min and 10 sec). self-learning working time and deceleration of two leaves in one complete working cycle only) with absolute SAFEcoder encoder the open/closed/decelaration positions are kept in memory) Selectable Independently selectable (facilitating the coupling and uncoupling of the electric lock) Selectable Programmable, percentage of the total running (from 0% to 99%) Programmable, percentage of the total running (from 0% to 99%) Number of radio codes programmed on OMINIDEC through XF Module visualization Selectable Function Selectable Programmable if the ENCODER is present (10 levels) Selectable if the ENCODER is present Selectable (if ENCODERS or limit switches are not present) Independently selectable (17 status each) Selectable (upgrade of a "countdown" - max setting 99.000 cycles) Selectable (in case you reach the programmed number of cycles the system activates a 8 sec pre-flashing before making any movement) Reset and X-COM Module configuration Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable PC/MAC connection for programming through EASYBOARD software (free download from FAAC website www.faacgroup.com) Allows people to set the control board, to check the working status both of the board and the connected peripheral accessories, to set the timer function (working logic function related to timing), do the upgrade and download directly from PC/MAC without external devices, protect through password the control board program settings. 141 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS Model Control Unit E145 E024S Model Control unit E 024S (ENCLOSURE PLASTIC BOX INCLUDED) Item code 790286 price € 197,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories max. current (+24 V) BUS accessories max. current Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time (time-out) Pause time Terminal board inputs Connector inputs Terminal board outputs Programmable functions Learning functions Integrated radio channels type 230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 Hz 4W 150 W x 2 250 mA 400 mA -20 °C to +55 °C F1 = self-resetting; - F2 = T2A-250V EP, A 5 minutes (fixed) Varies according to learning (max. 10 min.) Open A, Open B, Stop, BUS (I/O) Battery power supply - module XF 433 or XF 868 Motors, flashing lamps, power supply to accessories, electric lock, service light contact (90 s. fixed) Logic (A, E, AP, EP, A1, B, C), speed (high/low)* Pause time, leaf 2 delay at Closing DS, SLH, RC/LC (max. 250 channels) * Motor types (391, S418, 413, 415, 390, 770, S700H, S450H); anti-wind, reverse stroke, soft touch, pre-flashing, opening/closing leaf delay, pause time 142 E 124 Control unit E124 (ENCLOSURE PLASTIC BOX INCLUDED) Item code 790284 price € 307,00 TECNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. current Accessory power supply Accessory max. current Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses 230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz 4 W Stand-by approx 400 W max. 7A 24 Vdc 500 mA 24 Vdc - 500 mA BUS - 2 Easy -20°C to +55°C Self-resetting Automatic (A), Semiautomatic (E), Automatic 1 (A1). "Stepped" automatic (AP), Dead man (C), Automatic safety Function logics (S), Stepped safety (SP), “Stepped” semiautomatic (EP) Semiautomatic B (B), Mixed logic (BC), Custom (customisable, programmable by the installer via PC) Work time Programmable (from 0 to 10 min.) Pause time Programmable (from 0 to 10 min.) Motor power Adjustable on 50 levels BUS 2 Easy, inputs completely programmable via PC (open A, open B, close, priority open, priority close, Inputs emergency close, emergency open, stop, safety device at opening, safety device at closure) Inputs for 4 limits switches (open, close, motor 1/motor 2), connection inputs for 2 motors, encoders Outputs 2 programmable multifunction outputs Rapid connectors OMNIDEC (XF433 or XF868), X-COM, 5 pin board connection for Minidec, decoder, RP/RP2 receiver Programming 3 keys (+, -, F) and LCD display, via PC with USB cable, via PC and X-COM (wireless) module Logic, pause time a, pause time b, thrust, speed, deceleration spaces, leaf delay, wind-proof facility, reverse-stroke, soft-touch, stroke at opening and Closing, initial thrust, deceleration speed, indicator lamp, fail-safe, programming of 2 Easy devices, service request, power-safe, Programmable functions battery charger timer function, battery operation, clock, time-out, pre-flashing time, motor type, encoder sensitivity Speed Adjustable on 10 levels * Motor types (391, 413, 415, 390, 770, S700H, not FAAC) Frequency transmission: 868 MHz +/- 100 Khz; proprietary communication protocol with safe transaction; net data ~100 Kbit/s; 3.3 V operation Average consumption: continuous 45mA, operation (duty cycle 5 ms/1s), 5ouA; multitask operating system “hard real time” embedded; only compatible with control unit E124 143 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS Model 740 D Model Code as spare part 202269 CONTROL UNIT 740 D (INCORPORATED) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TECNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories max. load Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time Pause time Thrust power Terminal board inputs Connector inputs Terminal board outputs Rapid connector Programming “Basic” mode programmable functions “Advanced” mode programmable functions price € 139,00 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 10 W 1000 W 0,5 A -20 °C to +55 °C 2 Automatic/”Stepped” automatic/Semiautomatic/Safety/Semiautomatic B/ “Dead man” C/ Stepped” semiautomatic /Mixed logic B+C Programmable (0 to 4 min.) Programmable (0 to 4 min.) Adjustable on 50 levels Open/Partial Open/Opening safety device/ Closing safety device/Stop/Edge/Power supply + earth Opening and closing limit switches/ Encoder (optional) Flashing lamp Motor 24 Vdc Accessories power supply 24 Vdc Indicator light /timed output Failsafe 5-pin fitting for Minidec cards, Decoder or RP receivers 3 keys (+, -, F) and display, “basic“ and “advanced“ mode Function logics - Pause time - Thrust force - Gate direction Torque at initial thrust - Brake - Failsafe – Pre-flashing – Indicator light/Timed output – Logic for safety devices at opening and Closing - Encoder (optional) for anti-crushing electronic safety device, deceleration control and partial opening - Decelerations - Partial opening time – Work time - Service request – Cycle count E 721 Model E721 control board (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) COMPATIBLE WITH C 720 AND C 721 Code as spare part 63002485 price € 192,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Max. motor load Accessory power supply Accessory max. current Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time Pause time Motor power Inputs Outputs Rapid connectors Programming Programmable functions Speed 144 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 Hz 10 W 220 W 24 Vdc 500 mA -20°C to +55°C Self-resetting Automatic (A)/Semiautomatic (E)/Automatic Timer (At)/Automatic Safety (SA)/ Parking automatic (AP)/Dead man (C)/Automatic safety (S)/”Stepped” safety (SP)/”Stepped” semiautomatic (EP)/Semiautomatic (B)/Mixed logic (C) Programmable (from 0 to 9 min and 50 sec) Programmable (from 0 to 9 min and 50 sec) Programmable on 50 levels BUS 2 Easy 5 inputs (open A, open B/close, stop, safety device at opening, safety device at closure) 1 programmable output (fail-safe, alarms, indicator light, courtesy light, can be activated with radio channel 2), flashing lamp OMNIDEC (XF 433 or XF 868) 3 keys (+, -, F) and LCD display Logic, Pause time A, Pause time B, Thrust, Opening speed, Closing speed, Deceleration spaces, Pre-flashing, Opening safety devices logic, Closing safety devices logic, Obstacle detection, Partial opening, master - slave (only for E721) Programmable on 10 levels 780 D Control unit 780 D (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Item code 7909212 price € 189,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Trasformer Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories max. load Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time Pause time Thrust power Terminal board inputs Connector inputs Terminal board outputs Rapid connector Programming “Basic” mode programmable functions “Advanced” mode programmable functions Status signalling Enclosure compatibility 780 D (integrated in the gearmotor) Separated (connection to faston on the printed circuit) 230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz 10 W 1000 W 0,5 A -20 °C to +55 °C 2 Automatic/”Stepped” Automatic/Semi-automatic/ “Stepped” semi-automatic/Safety/ Semi-automatic B/”Dead man” C/ B/C mixed logic Programmable (0 to 4 min) Programmable (0 to 4 min) Adjustable on 50 levels Open - Partial Open - Opening safety devices Closing safety devices - Stop - Edge - Power supply + Earth Opening and Closing limit switches / Motor capacitor Flashing lamp/Motor/24V dc Accessories power supply /24Vdc Indicator light 24Vdc / Timed output / Electric lock control / Traffic light / Failsafe 5-pin fitting for Minidec cards, Decoder or RP receivers 3 keys (+, -, F) and display, “basic“ and “advanced“ mode Function logics - Pause time - Thrust power - Opening/Closing direction Torque at initial thrust - Brake - Failsafe - Pre-flashing - Indicator light/Timed output / Electric lock at opening and closing / Logic for safety devices at opening and closing - Encoder / Anti-crushing sensitivity Decelerations - Partial opening time - Work time - Service request - Cycle count On display - 145 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS Model 844 T Model CONTROL UNIT 844 T Item code 790862 price € 326,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage 230 V 3ph (+6% -10%) - 400 V 3ph+N (+6% -10%) -50 (60) Hz Motor max. load 1300 W Accessories power supply 24 Vdc Accessories max. load 500 mA Operating ambient temperature -20 °C to +55 °C Power supply for indicator light 24 Vac (5W max) Four protection fuses 5 A (for each phase) - 1.6 A accessories Safety timing 255 s. Motor breaking fixed Inputs - Open, partial open, stop, Closing safety devices, limit switches Outputs - Indicator light, flashing lamp, motor, 24 Vdc accessories power supply Programming - Pause time (5/10/15/30/60/120/180 s.), A1/A2/S1/S2/E1/E2/B/C logics, pre-flashing 884 T Model Control unit 884 T (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 202254 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage 230 V ac 3ph (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz - 400 V ac 3ph+N (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz Motor max. load 1300 W Accessories power supply 24 Vdc Accessories max. load 500 mA Operating ambient temperature -20 °C to +55 °C Power supply for indicator light 24 V (5W max) Two protection fuses 5 A transformer - 1.6 A accessories Safety timing 255 s. Inputs - Open, partial open, stop, closing safety devices, limit switches Outputs - Indicator light, flashing lamp, motor, 24 Vdc accessories power supply Programming - Pause time (5/10/15/30/60/120/180 s.), A1/A2/S1/S2/E1/E2/B/C logics, pre-flashing 146 price € 326,00 E850 Item code as spare part 63002935 price € 281,00 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS Model Electronic Control Board E850 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply Voltage Absorbed Power Max motor load 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 7W 1800 W Accessories power 24 Vdc Accessories max load 500 mA Operating Ambient Temperature Protection Fuses Function logics -20°C + +55°C F1=F 5A-250 V F2=T 0,8A-250 V Automatic, Automatic 1, Semiautomatic, Semiautomatic “step by step”, Automatic photocell, dead-man, Custom Working time Programmable (from 0 to 4 min) Pause time Programmable (from 0 to 4 min) Motor Power Terminal board inputs Connectors board inputs Terminal board outputs Rapid connector Programming Programmable Functions Programmable Outputs Integrated Detector 2 independent channels Programmable on 50 levels Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Safety in closure, Stop, Safety in opening, power supply. 230 Vac+Earth Opening and closing limit switch, opening and closing deceleration Flashing lamp, electrobrake,24 Vdc power supply, Fail-Safe, status output, inverter test, BUS 5Pin Minidec board insert, Decoder, RP/RP2 Receiver N° 3 push buttons (+, -, F) and display Logic, Pause time, Load, Loop 1 and 2, opening photocell, working time, Indicator Light output, Fail-safe output, BUS output, Service request 3 outputs for inverter, 1 programmable output in 18 different functions real time auto-calibration, Sensitivity independent of loop inductivity, loop work frequency adjustment, occupied loop message with LED visualisation, loop status addressable on programmable outputs, regulating time adjustable on 2 levels. 147 E 600-E 700HS-E 1000 Model Control unit E 600 (INCORPORATED IN THE D600 AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Control unit E 700HS (INCORPORATED IN THE D700HS AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Control unit E 1000 (INCORPORATED IN THE D1000 AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 2024015 63002425 2024025 price € 65,00 87,00 74,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS E600 E700HS E1000 230 Vac - 50 Hz 24 Vdc 200 mA -20 °C to +55 °C for XF433 card receivers / XF868 / Battery module Automatic / Semi-automatic Open / Stop / Safety devices / Failsafe / Flashing lamp 24 V 2 min Automatic Trimmer Power supply voltage Accessories power supply Accessories max. current Operating ambient temperature Rapid connector Function logics Terminal board connections Timing of courtesy lamp Opening/Closing force adjustment 540 BPR Model Control unit 540 BPR (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 2022805 price € 72,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories max. load Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time (time out) Pause time Terminal board inputs Terminal board outputs Radio connector Programmable functions Learning functions 148 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 (60) Hz 4W 800 W 200 mA -20 °C to +55 °C F1= 6,3 A - 250 V - F2= self-resetting B/C, B, C, EP, AP, P default = B/C Self-learning (0-10 min with steps of 2.5 sec) - Default=10 min Self-learning (0-5 min with steps of 1.5 sec) - Default=30 min. Opening/Closing/Stop/Safety device at Closing/Limit switches/Power supply Motor/24 Vdc accessories power supply One-/two channel card receiver - Decoding cards Logic Work time, Pause time 200 MPS Item code 790905 Control unit 200 MPS price € 105,00 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS Model TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Motor max. load Accessories max. current Operating ambient temperature Output for accessories Function logics Protection fuses Pause time Terminal board inputs Terminal board outputs Protection class SMT Technology Input signalling LED Rapid connector for card receivers or decoding cards Automatic detection of limit-switch tripping Reset push-button 230 Vac (+6% -10%) 50 Hz 800 W 200 mA -20 °C to +55 °C 24 Vdc A, e P F1 = 10 A - 250 V - F3 = 0,5 A - 250 V Adjustable from 0 to 60 sec Open/Close/Stop/Closing safety device/Power supply Motor, flashing lamp IP 55 E 550 Model Control unit E550 (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 2022855 price € 148,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories power supply Accessories max. load Operating ambient temperature TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Protection fuses Rapid connector Terminal boards Terminal board inputs 230 Vac - 50 Hz 12 W 800 W 24 Vdc 300 mA -20 °C to +55 °C Net circuit / accessories 5-pin fitting for Minidec card, Decoder, RP/RP2 Receiver Removable Open/Encoder/Closing and opening safety devices/Opening limit switches /Closing limit switches/ 230 Vac - 60 W flashing lamp Motor/230 V ac external courtesy light /24 Vdc accessories power supply 25 W 250 W Terminal board outputs Max. load of built-in courtesy light Max. load of external courtesy light Programming by display (3 buttons) Inputs status signalling via display Two programming levels - 1st level: function logics automatic/semiautomatic,”stepped” automatic and ”stepped” semiautomatic, pause time - 2nd level: timing of courtesy lamp, max. torque at initial thrust, fail-safe, pre-flashing, travel-limit deceleration, opening/closing force adjustment, closing speed and encoder sensitivity adjustment that can be set in 2 different and independent areas Built-in enclosure in operator 550 Possibility of installation in enclosures Mod. E - L - LM 149 596/615 BPR Model Control unit 596 / 615 BPR (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 790281 price € 123,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories max. current Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time (time-out) Pause time Terminal board inputs Terminal board outputs Programmable functions Learning functions 230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz 4W 800 W 250 mA -20 °C to +55 °C F1 = 6,3 A - 250 V - F2 = self-resetting B/C - B - C - EP - AP - P - Default = EP Self-learning (0-10 min with steps of 2.5 sec) - Default=10 min Self-learning (0-5 min with steps of 1.5 sec) - Default=30 sec Open - Close - Stop - Closing safety devices - Limit switches - Power supply Motor - Flashing lamp - Courtesy light and accessories power supply Operation for barrier or up-and-over doors - Logic Work time - Pause time 624 BLD Model Control unit 624 BLD (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 2022715 price € 258,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories power supply Accessories max. current Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Function logics Work time Pause time Motor thrust Terminal board inputs Connector inputs Terminal board outputs Rapid connector Programming Programmable functions Programmable outputs Buit-in detector, 2 indipendent channels 150 230 Vac (+6%-10%) 50 (60) Hz 7W 300 W 24 Vdc 500 mA -20 °C to +55 °C F1=F 5A-250 V F2=T 0,8A-250V Automatic, Automatic 1, Semiautomatic, Parking, Parking-Automatic, Condominium, Condominium-Automatic, FAAC-CITY, Dead man, Remote, Custom Programmable (0 to 4 min) Programmable (0 to 4 min) Programmable on 50 levels Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Closing safety devices, Stop, Emergency, 230 Vac power supply+Earth Opening and closing limit switches, motor capacitor, beam release sensor Flashing lamp, fan, motor, 24 Vdc power supply, fail-safe, status output, 24 Vdc indicator light, BUS 5-pin fitting for Minidec card, decoder or RP/RP2 receiver 3 keys (+, -, F) and display Logic, Pause time, Thrust, Loop l and 2, Torque at initial thrust, Pre-flashing, Slow Closing, Deceleration time, Work time, Indicator light output, Fail-safe output, Status output, BUS output, Service Request 4 programmable outputs in 18 different functions Real time auto-calibration, sensitivity independent from loop geometry, loop operating frequency adjustment, message of “loop engaged” with LED display, loop status addressable to programmable outputs, adjustment time over 2 levels. Model CONTROL UNIT E680 (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) B680H POWER SUPPLY (INCORPORATED IN THE AUTOMATED SYSTEM) Code as spare part 63000128 63000119 price € 330,00 307,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Absorbed power in stand-by Max motor load Accessories power supply Max accessories load Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses Operating logics Work time Pause time Motor power Motor speed Terminal board inputs Connector inputs Terminal board outputs Rapid connector Programming Programmable functions Programmable outputs Integrated Loop Detector 2 independent channels 100 - 240 Vac 50 (60) Hz 7W 240 W 24 Vdc 800 mA -20°C - +55°C 4 self-resetting Automatic, Automatic 1, Semi-automatic, Parking, Parking-Automatic, Condominium, Condominium-Automatic, Manned, Remote, Custom Programmable (from 0 to 4.1 min) Programmable (from 0 to 4.1 min) Programmable on 50 levels Programmable on 50 levels Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Safety during closing, Stop, Emergency, Power Supply. 36VDC, Battery XBAT, BUS 2-Easy Encoder, Bar release sensor, Integrated flashing traffic light, USB (for updating firmware) Flashing lamp 24V, Brushless motor, Accessories power supply 24 VDC, 4 programmable outputs of which one with relay to fit 5-pin board Minidec, Decoder, RP/RP2 receiver, Connectivity extension (Net-Com, G-Com, etc.) Nr. 3 keys (+,-,F) and display, 1 automatic setup key Logic, Pause time, Open/Close power, Open/Close speed, Loop 1 and 2, Pre-flashing, Work time, Obstacle detection sensitivity, Cycle counter for service, Indicator light output, Fail-safe output, Status output, Service request, Bar LED lighting output 4 programmable outputs for 18 different functions Real-time self-calibration, Sensitivity independent of the loop geometries, Loop work frequency adjustment, Occupied loop message with LED visualisation, Loop status addressable on programmable outputs 151 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS E 680 JE275 Model JE275 control board Item code 116300 price € 276,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 230V~ (+ 6% - 10%) 50/60 Hz 7W 1.200W 24V 500 mA -20 °C to +55 °C F1 = 10A-250~ F2=T 0,8A-250~ Automatic, Automatic 1, Semi-automatic, Parking, Parking-Automatic, Condominium, Function logics Condominium-Automatic J Series, Manned, Remote, Custom Work time Programmable (0 to 4 min) Pause time Programmable (0 to 4 min) Motor thrust Programmable on 50 levels Terminal board inputs Loop 1, Loop 2, Open, Close, Safety during closing, Stop, Emergency, Power Supply. 230V, Battery + earth Connector inputs Opening and closing limit switch, motor condenser Flashing lamp, motor, Accessories power supply 24 VDC, Fail-Safe, Terminal board outputs Status output, 24V led lighting output, BUS Logic, Pause time, power, Loop 1 and 2, Pre-flashing, Slow closing, work time,LED lighting output, Fail-safe output, Programmable functions Status output, BUS output Service request Real-time self-calibration, Sensitivity independent of the loop geometries, Integrated Loop Detector 2 independent channels Loop work frequency adjustment, Occupied loop message with LED visualisation, Loop status addressable on programmable outputs, adjusting time adjustable on 2 levels Power supply voltage Absorbed power Motor max. load Accessories power supply Accessories max. current Operating ambient temperature Protection fuses 152 SAFEcoder Absolute Encoder for immediate obstacle detection and reverse on contact – electronic deceleration – precise electronic limit-switch – installation on the operator rear bracket (FAAC Patent) always keeps in memory the leaf position also in case of power failure. Connection through two BUS 2Easy wires with E045, E145, E024S, E124. Power supply Protection class Resolution Operating ambient temperature Model BUS 2Easy IP 66 0,3° -20°C + +55°C Code price € SAFECODER ABSOLUTE MAGNETIC BUS ENCODER (FAAC PATENT) 404040 58,00 SAFECODER FOR 412 OPERATOR (FAAC PATENT) 404041 58,00 Encoder for 770N 404035 62,00 Notes The SAFEcoder is compatible only with the following control boards: E045, E145, E024S and E124. Enclosures TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS IP55 protection class Wall- or flush-mounting Designed for securing to DIN guide Fuse-holder Designed for installation of door locking switch Removable hinges for right or left opening Seats for capacitor supports Lock with standard triangular key Lock with coded key (optional) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOD. L Dimensions (LxDxH): 213 x 118 x 270 (mm) 3 closing plugs for Ø 29 hole 2 pre-drilled holes Ø 19 Model Enclosure mod. L Item Code 720118 price € 25,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOD. LM Dimensions (LxDxH): 246 x 142 x 353 (mm) 2 closing plugs for Ø 29 hole 2 pre-drilled holes Ø 29 2 pre-drilled holes Ø 19 Model Enclosure mod. LM Item Code 720309 price € 39,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOD. E IP 55 Protection class Wall- or flush-mounting Designed for securing to DIN guide Fuse-holder Designed for installation of door locking switch Cover closing by 4 self-tapping screws Seats for capacitor supports Dimensions (LxDxH): 204 x 85 x 265 (mm) Model Enclosure mod. E Accessories for enclosures mod. L - LM LOCK WITH MODIFIED KEY Item Code 720119 Code 712805 price € 17,00 price € 14,00 153 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Accessories ProductsPag. • Transmitters and receivers 868 MHz SLH LR 156 • Transmitters and receivers 433 MHz SLH LR 158 • Transmitters and receivers SLHP LR/RC 160 • Control systems - simple pulse generators162 • Control systems - electronic pulse generators163 • Control systems - pulse generators for special applications - Miniservice 165 • Safety devices - photocells 166 • Safety devices - C type device edge MSE 110W168 • Safety devices - C type device edge XS 55 169 • Additional safety devices170 • Other accessories - electric lock - leaf lock - mechanical stops - oil 171 154 Sistemi di comando Accessories 155 Transmitters and receivers 868Mhz SLH LR System Use frequency 868.35 MHz Type of decoding: SLH LR technology (FAAC Patent) SLH = SELF LEARNING HOPPING code: the code varies whenever the transmitter is used. An algorithm recognizes and confirms the signal, only that of the transmitters coded by the receiver. Advantages: cloning virtually impossible. Coded transmitters can be replicated, even remotely from the receiver, with the patented SELF LEARNING system (from transmitter to transmitter), by simply pressing the keys according to a specific sequence. LR = LONG RANGE: the transmitters can cover almost twice the actual distance due to an additional patent FAAC economy; transmitter SLH LONG RANGE, each press of the control buttons, running a real-time sensing of the environment (eg, hand position, the presence of electrical noise, etc ...) and automatically reconfigures the electronics maximizing, at each transmission, the radiated power. Fully compatible with the previous SLH. LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS 868 MHz Decoding FAAC T PATEN SLH Description XT2 868 SLH LR Transmitter 2 channels white version black version Item code price € 787009 7870091 35,00 787010 7870101 41,00 XT4 868 SLH LR Transmitter 4 channels white version black version The radio signal communication emitted from the transmitter can be obtained through the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) Frequency module to be associated with electronic control boards with integrated decoding OMNIDEC Coupled receiver for FAAC control boards or for outdoor applications via relay interface board Multi-channel receiver external decoder cards to be associated with the radio signal External receiver with specific enclosure with dedicated decoding OMNIDEC (can accept systems DS-SLH-RC) RECEIVERS FOR 868 MHz LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS 1) Frequency module (compatible with all FAAC electronic control boards equipped with a universal decoding system OMNIDEC, recognizable by the logo dedicated) Decoding Description Receiver XF 868 MHz Item code price € 319007 47,00 2) Rapid coupled receiver (compatible with all electronic FAAC equipment equipped with quick connector 5-pin or external users via the connection to the relay RP accessory) Decoding Description Item code price € RP 868 SLH - receiver 1-channel 787730 59,00 RP2_868 SLH - Coupled receiver 2 channels 787828 87,00 SLH 156 Output channel decoder card with “relay” for piloting FAAC control and / or auxiliary devices DECODER SLH 785534 57,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PLUS1 868 Power Supply PL 868 MINIDEC SLH DECODER SLH 20 ÷ 30 VDC – 24 VAC ±10% Absorbed power 10mA DC – 25mA AC 10 mA 30 mA 50 - - Max decoding cards to be connected Radio signal decoding 20 ÷ 30 VDC Through MINIDEC or DECODER SLH SLH 250 codes 1000 codes A connector (FAAC boards) A connector (FAAC boards) and / or terminal Memory Capacity Connection 4) External receiver (system with integrated decoding in dedicated container for outdoor use) Decoding Description Item code price € XR2 868 C-channel external receiver 868 MHz 787749 71,00 XR4 868 C 868 MHz four-channel external receiver 787750 109,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS XR2 868 C Power Supply Receiving frequency Absorbed power Decoding System (Omnidec) Storable codes Number of channels XR4 868 C 12 ÷ 24 Vdc - Vac 868.35 ± 0.2 100 mA DS-SLH-RC 250 2 Pulse 1 (CH1) 1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2) Number of relay outputs (n.a.) Relay contact capacity Protection class Operating ambient temperature Dimensions HxWxD 250 CH 1-2 / 250 CH 3-4 4 2 pulse (CH1-3) 1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2) 1 timed (CH4) 0,5 A/12 ÷ 24 ac - dc IP 44 -20° C ÷ +55 ° C 90 x70 x 32,5 mm ACCESSORIES Antenna RP receiver / XF / XR2 / XR4 with a bracket and coaxial cable - length. 5 m - 868 MHz to increase the scope of the RP receivers / XF / XR Item code Price (euro) 412006 28,00 Sun visor / Transparent support wall Item code Price (euro) 390205 5,00 Relay Interface for RP receivers (allows the use of RP receivers on systems not equipped with quick connector) - wired connection Item code Price (euro) 787725 23,00 Multidec Four-Extension Module (for decoder), allows you to connect up to 4 DECODER - wired connection Item code Price (euro) 102845 25,50 157 ACCESSORIES 3) Multi-channel receivers and decoding board (for applications where more than 2 channels are required, the system will therefore be composed by 1 receiver and decoder cards equal to the number of users to be controlled) Decoding Description Item code price € Receiver PLUS1 868 787827 67,00 PLUS1 868 Mhz Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna integrated Transmitters and receivers 433Mhz SLH LR System Use frequency 433.92 MHz Type of decoding: SLH LR technology (FAAC Patent) SLH = SELF LEARNING HOPPING code: the code varies whenever the transmitter is used. An algorithm recognizes and confirms the signal, only that of the transmitters coded by the receiver. Advantages: cloning virtually impossible. Coded transmitters can be replicated, even remotely from the receiver, with the patented SELF LEARNING system (from transmitter to transmitter), by simply pressing the keys according to a specific sequence. LR = LONG RANGE: the transmitters can cover almost twice the actual distance due to an additional patent FAAC economy; transmitter SLH LONG RANGE, each press of the control buttons, running a real-time sensing of the environment (eg, hand position, the presence of electrical noise, etc ...) and automatically reconfigures the electronics maximizing, at each transmission, the radiated power. Fully compatible with the previous SLH. 433 MHz LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS Decoding FAAC T PATEN SLH Description XT2 433 SLH LR Transmitter 2 channels white version black version XT4 433 SLH LR Transmitter 4 channels white version black version Codice articolo price € 787007 7870071 each 787008 7870081 each 35,00 41,00 The radio signal communication emitted from the transmitter can be obtained through the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) Frequency module to be associated with electronic control boards automation with integrated decoding OMNIDEC Coupled receiver for FAAC control boards or for outdoor applications via relay interface board Multi-channel receiver external decoder cards to be associated with the radio signal External receiver with specific enclosure with dedicated decoding OMNIDEC (can accept systems DS-SLH-RC) RECEIVERS FOR 433 MHz LONG RANGE TRANSMITTERS 1) Frequency module (compatible with all devices equipped with a decoding system FAAC universal OMNIDEC, recognizable by the logo dedicated) Decoding Description Receiver XF 433 MHz Codice articolo price € 319006 47,00 2) Receiver with quick coupling (compatible with all electronic equipment FAAC equipped with quick connector 5-pin or external users via the connection to the relay RP accessory) Decoding SLH 158 Description Receiver 1-channel RP 433 SLH Codice articolo price € 787824 59,00 Output channel decoder card with “relay” for piloting FAAC control and / or auxiliary devices DECODER SLH 785534 57,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PLUS1 433 Power Supply PL 433 MINIDEC SLH DECODER SLH 20 ÷ 30 VDC – 24 VAC ±10% Absorbed power 10mA DC – 25mA AC 10 mA 30 mA 50 - - Max decoding cards to be connected Radio signal decoding 20 ÷ 30 VDC Through MINIDEC or DECODER SLH SLH 250 codes 1000 codes A connector (FAAC boards) A connector (FAAC boards) and / or terminal Memory Capacity Connection 4) External receiver (system with integrated decoding in dedicated container for outdoor use) Decoding Description Item code price € XR2 433 C-channel external receiver 433 MHz 787747 71,00 XR4 433 C 433 MHz four-channel external receiver 787748 109,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS XR2 433 C Power Supply Receiving frequency Absorbed power Decoding System (Omnidec) Storable codes Number of channels XR4 433 C 12 ÷ 24 Vdc - Vac 433.92 ± 0.1 100 mA DS-SLH-RC 250 2 Pulse 1 (CH1) 1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2) Number of relay outputs (n.a.) Relay contact capacity Protection class Operating ambient temperature Dimensions HxWxD 250 CH 1-2 / 250 CH 3-4 4 2 pulse (CH1-3) 1 pulsed / fixed (selectable) (CH 2) 1 timed (CH4) 0,5 A/12 ÷ 24 ac - dc IP 44 -20° C ÷ +55 ° C 90 x70 x 32,5 mm ACCESSORIES Antenna RP receiver / XF / XR2 / XR4 with a bracket and coaxial cable - length. 5 m - 433 MHz to increase the scope of the RP receivers / XF / XR Item code Price (euro) 412003 28,00 Sun visor / Transparent support wall Item code Price (euro) 390205 5,00 Relay Interface for RP receivers (allows the use of RP receivers on systems not equipped with quick connector) - wired connection Item code Price (euro) 787725 23,00 Multidec Four-Extension Module (for decoder). allows you to connect up to 4 DECODER - wired connection Item code Price (euro) 102845 25,50 159 ACCESSORIES 3) Multi-channel receivers and decoding boards (for applications where more than 2 channels are required, the system will therefore be composed + 1 receiver decoder cards equal to the number of users to be controlled) Decoding Description Item code price € Receiver PLUS1 433 787826 67,00 PLUS1 433 Mhz Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna integrated Transmitters and receivers SLHP LR System Use frequency 868.35 MHz or 433.92 MHz Type of decoding: LR SLHP technology (FAAC Patent) The SLHP system comes FROM SLH LR LR (FAAC PATENT) technology and was born for the realization of highly professional installations where it is required to program the remote controls and memory cards with codes using dedicated programming unit and / or through PC software. This also allows the creation of archives to PC codes on each plant built, consequently facilitating the management of the system (adding remote radio codes). A plant SLHP will therefore be composed of: 1 multichannel receiver (433Mhz or 868Mhz) + DECODER SLHP a number equal to the number of users to control. The transmitters are the same as XT SLH LR (Depending on the chosen frequency 433Mhz or 868Mhz) MULTI-CHANNEL RECEIVERS FOR SLHP SYSTEMS Model PLUS1 868 Mhz PLUS1 433 Mhz Description RReceiver PLUS1 868 Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna integrated Receiver PLUS1 433 Multi-channel receiver with dipole antenna integrated Item code price € 787827 67,00 787826 67,00 Item code price € 785535 71,00 SLHP DECODING DECODER BOARD Model DECODER SLHP Description Single-channel decoding card with output “Relay” for piloting FAAC control and / or auxiliary devices 1000 codes memory capacity expandable to up to 2000 codes (MEX SLH with accessory) with connector for programming unit SLHP PROGRAMMING DEVICES for SLHP System. System programming SLHP (DECODER SLHP and transmitters XT SLH LR) is done by: Model Description Item code price € Programming unit for the decoder SLHP 404015 99,00 Radiocoder 868 SLH Radiocoder 433 SLH Device for the transmission of custom code from the programming SLHP (404015) or from the PC to the decoder SLHP and transmitters SLH LR. 103054 103337 71,00 71,00 Software SLHP Software for programming via PC SLHP decoder and remote controls SLH LR * 785538 Free download from www. faacgroup.com section prodotti/manuali/19 software Programming unit SLH ACCESSORIES Mex SLH Additional memory (1000 codes) for DECODER SLHP Item code 799349 Price (euro)) 15,50 160 (*) The programming unit for SLHP DECODER (cod.404015) is always required even when using the PC software. In this case the programming unit serves as an interface between DECODER SLHP and PC Use frequency 433.92 MHz Decoding Type: RC Technology RC = ROLLING code: the code varies whenever the transmitter is used. An algorithm recognizes and confirms the signal, only that of the transmitters coded by the receiver. 433 MHz RC TRANSMITTERS Decoding RC Description Item code price € XT4 433 RC Transmitter 4 channels (box of 15 pcs.) white version blue version 787452 787454 each Item code price € 319006 47,00 19,00 The reception of the radio signal emitted from the transmitter can be realized from the following: 1) Frequency module to associate with electronic control boards automation with integrated decoding OMNIDEC 2) Plug quick FAAC control boards or for outdoor applications via relay interface board 3) Receiver Multi-channel external decoder cards to associate with the radio signal RECEIVERS FOR 433 MHz RC TRANSMITTERS 1) Frequency module (compatible with all devices equipped with a decoding system FAAC universal OMNIDEC) (recognizable by the logo dedicated) Description Receiver XF 433 MHz 2) Receiver with quick coupling (compatible with all electronic equipment FAAC equipped with quick connector 5-pin or external users via the connection to the relay RP accessory) Decoding RC Description Item code price € RP1 433_RC - receiver 1-channel 787741 51,00 RP2 433_RC - Coupled receiver 2 channel 787742 76,00 3) Receivers and multi-channel decoder cards (for applications where more than 2 channels are required, the system will therefore be composed 1 Receiver + decoder cards equal to the number of users to be controlled) Decoding Item code Price (euro) 412003 28,00 Item code price € XR2 433 C-channel external receiver 433 MHz 787747 71,00 XR4 433 C 433 MHz four-channel external receiver 787748 109,00 For the technical specifications of the XR see page 159 ACCESSORIES Antenna RP receiver / XF / XR2 / XR4 with a bracket and coaxial cable - length. 5 m - 433 MHz to increase the scope of the RP receivers / XF / XR Description Sun visor / Transparent support wall Item code Price (euro) 390206 5,00 Relay Interface for RP receivers (allows the use of RP receivers on systems not equipped with quick connector) - wired connection Item code Price (euro) 787725 23,00 161 ACCESSORIES 433Mhz RC System Control systems Simple pulse generators KEY-OPERATED PUSH-BUTTONS Model Specifications T10 T10 T11 T11 Installation: embedded or on column 1 Microswitch for exchange (T10) / 2 Microswitches for exchange (T11) Contacts maximum capacity 0.1 A / 24 V dc Protection class: IP 54 Operating ambient temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C T10 E T10 T11 E T11 Installation: on wall or on column 1 Microswitch for exchange (T10 E)/ 2 Microswitches for exchange (T11 E) Contacts maximum capacity 0,1 A / 24 Vdc Protection class IP 54 Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C T20 E (*) T20 E T21 E (*) T21 E Item code from 401010001 to 401010036 price € 36,00 from 401011001 to 401011036 49,00 from 401019001 to 401019036 38,00 from 401018001 to 401018036 53,00 401012 33,00 401013 36,00 T20 I 401014 34,00 T21 I Installation: embedded 1 Microswitch for exchange (T20 I)/ 2 Microswitches for exchange (T21 I) Contacts maximum capacity 10 A /250 Vac Protection class IP 54 Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C T21 EF 401015 39,00 401016 46,00 T21 IF Installation: on wall (T21 EF) or embedded (T21 IF) 2 Microswitches for exchange Contacts maximum capacity 10 A / 250 Vac With facility to electric brake release for rolling gate Protection class IP 54 Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C 401017 48,00 Installation: on wall 1 Microswitch for exchange (T20 E)/ 2 Microswitches for exchange (T21 E) Contacts maximum capacity 10 A /250 Vac Protection class IP 54 Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C T20 I (*) T21 I (*) T21 EF (*) T21 IF (*) ACCESSORIES Description Item code Plastic enclosure to be walled in (T10 - T11) 720086 Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters (T10 - T11) (25 pcs. package) 722400 Metal enclosure for welding (T10 - T11) (25 pcs. package) 720089 High column in aluminium (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E) (photo on following page) (2 pcs. package) 401034 High double column in aluminium (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E) (photo on following page) (2 pcs. package) 401035 Foundation plate for column in aluminium (T10 - T11 - T10 E - T11 E) (20 pcs. package) 737630 Enclosure to be embedded (T20 - T21) (20 pcs. package) 720316 European cylinder lock (T20 - T21) with personalised key from No. 1 to No.36 from 712052 to 712087 Notes (*) key operated push-buttons T20 and T21 are supplied without a lock. 162 price € 2,50 3,50 15,00 66,00 66,00 10,00 2,50 14,50 Control systems Model XK 21 H 230 V Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release XK 21 L 24 V Burglar-resistant key-selector with lever release Specifications Installation: on wall 2 microswitches for exchange Contacts maximum capacity 16 A/250 Vac (Mod XK 21 H) 0,1 A/24Vdc (Mod XK 21 L) Facility to electric brake release Lever release Burglar resistant key-selector (cylinder lock not included) compatible with European cylinder DIN 18252 (max. length 45 mm) ACCESSORIES Description European cylinder lock with personalised key from No.1 to No. 36 Item code price € 401300 94,00 401301 100,00 Item code from 712052 to 712087 ACCESSORIES XK 21 BURGLAR-RESISTANT KEY OPERATED PUSH-BUTTON price € 14,50 CONTROL PUSH-BUTTONS Model FAAC SWITCH Specifications Installation: embedded or on column 2 Microswitches for exchange Contacts maximum capacity 0,1 A / 24 Vdc Indicator light Siluro S6 24 V 5 W Protection class IP 54 Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C Item code price € 401002 33,00 ACCESSORIES Description Plastic enclosure to be walled in (25 pcs. package) Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters (25 pcs. package) Metal enclosure for welding (25 pcs. package) High column in aluminium (2 pcs. package) High double column in aluminium (2 pcs. package) Foundation plate for column in aluminium (20 pcs. package) Item code 720086 722400 720089 401034 401035 737630 price € 2,50 3,50 15,00 66,00 66,00 10,00 Electronic pulse generators COMBINATION RADIO TRANSMITTER Type of decoding SLH European use frequencies Description 868 MHz Radio KeyPad 868 SLH Item code price € 404026 124,00 RADIO KEYPAD 868 SLH SPECIFICATIONS Receivers to be used Power supply Average battery life (10 activations per day) Protection class Dimensions (l x d x h) in mm Operating ambient temperature Backlit keypad with LEDs - Buzzer sounded when keys pressed 3 commands protected by 5 digit access code (PIN) - 1 direct control RP 868 SLH 9 V alkaline battery 2 years IP 54 72 x 31 x 117 -20 °C to + 55 °C 3- SELECTING THE RECEIVER According to the number of necessary channels (1 or 2), select the receiver with board - with the same type of FREQUENCY and DECODING as the transmitter - to be installed in the relevant connector on the unit of the automated system. If you require more than two channels, use the special receivers indicated on the following pages. 163 Control systems Electronic pulse generators CONTROLLER WITH KEYPAD AND DECODING FACILITY Model Specifications METAL DIGIKEY Installation: embedded or on column Power supply 24 Vdc Anti-tampering electronic protection Indicator-light and buzzer confirming recognition Reset push-button Max number of connectable decoders: 100 Protection class IP 55 Item code price € 404005 144,00 Item code price € 790851 223,00 MAGNETIC CARD AND DECODING READER Model Specifications DIGICARD Installation: embedded or on column Power supply 12/24 Vdc - 12 Vac Anti-tampering electronic protection Indicator-light confirming recognition Max number of connectable decoders: 100 Protection class IP 55 ACCESSORIES FOR DIGICARD Description Magnetised card Card to be magnetised Item code 409103101 409103 price € Item code 785502 price € Item code 102845 720043 722406 720037 price € 6,00 4,00 DS DECODER FOR METAL DIGIKEY AND DIGICARD Description Decoding card (“relay” output) for piloting FAAC electronic control units and/or auxiliary commands Connection by connector and/or terminal Power supply 12 - 24 Vdc/12 - 24 Vac 12-bit binary code (4,096 combinations) Max distance of Metal Digikey/Decoder: 100 m Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C 55,00 COMMON ACCESSORIES FOR METAL DIGIKEY AND DIGICARD Description MULTIDEC 4-channel extension module Plastic enclosure to be walled in Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters (20 pcs. package) Metal enclosure for welding 25,50 4,00 3,50 each 15,00 SUPPORT COLUMNS FOR: T10 -T11 - T10E - T11E - FAAC SWITCH - METAL DIGIKEY WITH KIT 428109 - DIGICARD CON KIT 428109 - FOTOSWITCH - PHOTOBEAM Specifications High column in aluminium (2 pcs. package) High double column in aluminium (2 pcs. package) Foundation plate for column (20 pcs. package) Installation kit for Digicard/Metal Digikey for on-column application 164 Code 401034 401035 737630 428109 price € 66,00 each 66,00 each 10,00 each 7,50 Control systems ACCESSORIES Pulse generators for special applications METALLIC MASS DETECTORS Model FG1 single-channel detector Specifications FG2 two-channel detector FG 1 FG 2 Item code 785529 price € 785527 326,00 Item code price € 790904 66,00 720050 11,00 209,00 One loop control (FG1) or two-loop control (FG2) Power supply 24 Vdc/24 Vac Contacts maximum capacity 250 mA/24 V Four sensitivity levels independent of loop inductance Continuous updating of operating frequency Presence relay (N.O./N.C.) Impulsive relay (at end of detection) Self setting at power-up Loop interruption or short circuit signal Application on DIN guide Multi-function signalling LED Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C ADDITIONAL POWER FEEDER Model Miniservice card Specifications Power supply voltage230 Vac (+5% - 10%) 50 (60) Hz Absorbed power 35 VA Relay contacts max capacity 10A/24Vdc - 10A/230V Output for 12 Vac electric lock Accessories output 500 mA/24 Vdc Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C Power supply LED Facility for FAAC radio controls with rapid connector ENCLOSURE FOR MINISERVICE CARD Protection class IP 55 Model EM 165 Safety devices D type device (EN 12453) FLUSH MOUNTED PHOTOCELLS Model FOTOSWITCH Specifications Installation: embedded or on column Absorption 90 mA Protection class IP44 Directional photocell with alignment Obstacle detection time: 7 ms Rated range: 30 m Contacts type: N.O./N.C. Contacts max capacity: 100 mA/24 Vdc Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C Item code price € 785152 77,00 FOTOSWITCH ACCESSORIES Plastic enclosure to be walled in Bracket for embedding on metal pilasters Metal enclosure for welding (25 pcs. package) (25 pcs. package) (25 pcs. package) 720086 722400 720089 2,50 each 3,50 each 15,00 each WALL MOUNTED PHOTOCELL Model PHOTOBEAM Specifications Installation: on wall or on column Absorption 50 mA Protection class IP54 Directional photocell with alignment Obstacle detection time: 20 ms Detection angle +/- 4° Rated range: 30 m Contacts type: N.O./N.C. Contacts max capacity: 100 mA/24 Vdc Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C Item code price € 785163 74,00 SUPPORT COLUMNS FOR: FOTOSWITCH - PHOTOBEAM Specifications Low column in aluminium High double column in aluminium Foundation plate for column 166 (2 pcs. package) (2 pcs. package) (20 pcs. package) Code 401028 401035 737630 price € 38,00 each 66,00 each 10,00 each ACCESSORIES Safety devices ADJUSTABLE WALL PHOTOCELL XP 20 D TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply Nominal capacity Installation Dimensions (LxHxP) mm Horizontal mechanical adjustment angle Vertical optical auto-alignement angle Obstacle detection time Absorbtion power Protection rating Type of contact Max capacity of the contact Operating ambient temperature Model XP 20 D XP 20B D /24V~ 20 m wall 41,5 x 130 x 42,5 -90° +90° ±7° (20m) ±13,5° (5m) 13ms Rx (30mA) + Tx (20mA) IP54 N.C. 60VA/24W -20°C ÷ +55°C 24V Item code 785102 Price € 65,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply Nominal capacity Installation Dimensions (LxHxP) mm Horizontal mechanical adjustment angle Vertical optical auto-alignement angle Obstacle detection time Absorbtion power Protection rating Operating ambient temperature from BUS 2easy, to 2 non-polarized wires 24V 20 m wall 41,5 x 130 x 42,5 -90° +90° ±7° (20m) ±13,5° (5m) 20ms Rx (10mA) + Tx (10mA) IP54 -20°C ÷ +55°C Up to 16 pairs of photocells installed in the same system Model XP 20B D XP 20W D Item code 785103 Price € 74,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Rx power supply Tx power supply Nominal capacity Installation Dimensions (LxHxP) mm Horizontal mechanical adjustment angle Vertical optical auto-alignement angle Obstacle detection time Absorbtion power Protection rating Operating ambient temperature 12-24V~ /V or with battery (3 VcR2 - not incluted) 20 m wall 41,5 x 130 x 42,5 -90° +90° ±7° (20m) ±13,5° (5m) 40ms ) Rx (30mA) + Tx (40mA with battery or 5mA 24V IP54 -20°C ÷ +55°C 12-24V~ / Up to 4 pairs of photocells installed in the same system Model XP 20W D Item code 785104 Price € 75,00 ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION BUS XIB interface (if the E024S board with non-BUS photocell is used) Item code Price (euro) 790062 12,50 CR2 3V lithium battery with XP15W TX photocells Item code Price (euro) 105128 8,50 167 Safety devices C TYPE device (EN 12453) Certified in Category 2 of Standard EN 12978 MSE 110 WIRELESS SAFETY EDGE TX RX TX RX RX Specifications MSE 110 W A sensitive device, with modulated infra-red technology, for application on the mobile leaf. It communicates the information to a receiver fixed on the pilaster or column, making it possible to also create additional protection (photocell) in the gate transit area (C+D device EN 12453). Device powered by AA lithium batteries (2 year guaranteed duration) Does not require additional power supply devices Rubber profile, height 110 mm Signalling LEDs Protection class: IP 55 (safety edge) Operating ambient temperature: -20 °C to +55 °C TX Model Sensitive body consisting of 2.5 m rubber profile, 2.5 m aluminium profile, lower and upper closing plugs and securing screws Optical unit includes 2 TX optical modules, 1 TX/RX central module, 1 fixed receiver and 6 AA lithium batteries Item code price € 112000 81,00 112001 161,00 Item code 112002 price € 112003 25,50 Aluminium column for fixed receiver RX MSE 110 W / SAFEBEAM 401039 30,00 each Foundation plate for column 737637 6,00 each SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES FOR MSE 110 W Model Edge counter-strike profile 2.5 m to house the fixed receiver Adjustable wall support for fixed receiver APPLICATION EXAMPLES Fig. C - On SAFEBEAM column Necessary codes 112000 + 112001 + 401039 +737637 Fig. A - Wall fitting Necessary codes 112000 + 112001 Optical elements unit Gate Optical edge Gate Optical edge C A SAFEBEAM B A Fig. B - On edge counter-strike profile Necessary codes 112000 + 112001 + 112002 Gate Optical edge B Fig. D - On wall support with adjustable orientation Necessary codes 112000 +112001 + 112003 C D Gate Optical elements unit and travel stop profile Optical edge D Adjustable wall support Notes For an MSE 110W safety edge, use 1 code 112000 and 1 code 112001. 168 52,00 Safety devices ACCESSORIES C TYPE device (EN 12453) Certified in Category 2 of Standard EN 12978 PLUG AND PLAY CONDUCTIVE RUBBER SAFETY EDGE XS 55 Easy assembly thanks to the innovative solution with quick insertion terminal with butyl resin sealant Rubber profile height 55 mm Aluminium support profile Obstacle detection with +/- 45° angles Protection rating IP 65 Available with kit provision (for more than one safety edge) or in CUSTOM KITS (for one safety edge up to 2.5 m) The only conductive rubber edge Plug and Play on the market Create your certified safety edge in just a few minutes, following 4 simple steps Does not require any type of glueing or long waiting times XS 55 KIT SUPPLY (the kit supply must include all the following items) XS 55 Sensitive rubber profile 25 m Item code Price (euro) 428096 875,00 Terminal with XSP R8.2 resistance Item code Price (euro) 428097 18,00 Terminal with XSP C0.5 wire Item code Price (euro) 428098 19,00 Aluminium profile kit 10 items of 2.5 m XS 55 Item code Price (euro) 105687 198,00 • ORDER EXAMPLE • To create 10 XS 55 safety edges, of 2.5 m each, you must order: 1 pc each of the following codes 428096, 105687 and 10 pcs each of the following codes 428097 and 428098 XS 55 CUSTOM KIT for edges up to 2.5 m (the code contains all items required to create 1 safety edge XS 55 with custom length up to 2.5 m) The Kit contains: • • • • 1 rubber profile XS 55 of 2.5 m 1 terminal with resistance XSP R8.2 (428097) 1 terminal with wire XSP C0.5 (428098) 1 aluminium profile for XS 55 of 2.5 m Safety edge kit XS 55 of 2.5 m Item code Price (euro) 105688 168,00 169 Safety devices Additional devices M60 ELECTRO-MECHANICAL EDGE Specifications Rubber profile, height 60 m Microswitch for controlling voltage of small cable Microswitch for detecting obstacles Sensitivity adjustment Connection terminal board Protection class IP 55 Operating ambient temperature -20°C to +55°C SINGLE CHAMBER PNEUMATIC DEVICE (SUPPLIED IN KITS) Specifications Rubber profile with single chamber: h 30 mm Protection class: IP 55 Operating ambient temperature: -20°C to +55°C. Installation: on wall Model Item code price € M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 1.5) 736425 75,00 M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 1.7) 736426 78,00 M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 2.0) 736427 82,00 M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 2.5) 736428 89,00 M60 electro-mechanical device (length m 3.0) 736429 99,00 Model Item code price € Rubber profile (20 m package) 428306 129,00 Rubber plug (20 pcs. package) 428307 13,00 Support profile in aluminium (3 m rod) 722350 11,00 Pressure-switches (see page 168) FLASHING LAMPS FAACLIGHT Specifications Protection class IP 55 Operating ambient temperature: -20°C to +55°C Model Item code price € FAAC LED 230 V 410023 50,00 FAACLIGHT 230 V/40 W 410013 37,00 BILAMP 230 V/50 W 410011 102,00 TIMED LIGHTING BOARD FOR BILAMP 4070232 32,00 FAACLIGHT 12 V 12 V/21 W 410015 24,50 FAAC LED 24 V 410024 55,00 FAACLIGHT 24 V 24 V/15 W 410014 47,00 XL 24L 24 V/3 W (for model D600-D1000 only) 410017 30,00 XL 24 LF 24 V/3W 410018 38,00 230V XL 24 L / LF 12V 24V 170 Other accessories ACCESSORIES Accessories and consumables ELECTRIC LOCKS Specifications 12 Vac electric lock complete with floor-fitting receiver slot Receiver slot with pilaster (single-leaf gates) Internal cylinder with 2 keys Item code 712650 712990 from 712651001 to 712651036 from 712652001 to 712652036 price € Specifications BLOCKIT Item code 401026 price € Specifications Mechanical stop for on-ground installation Mechanical stop for on-wall installation Item code 722162 722163 price € Specifications “FAAC HP OIL” hydraulic oil (package of 12 1-litre bottles) “FAAC HP OIL” hydraulic oil (25-litre can) Item code 714017 714018 price € External cylinder with 2 keys 60,00 7,00 16,50 16,50 LEAF LOCK 29,50 MECHANICAL STOPS 16,00 9,00 OIL 16,50 277,00 171 Access control ProductPag. • Mag 100 174 • Tag 10 175 • Resist176 • Minitime177 • Viper 400 178 • Resist SA 179 • Minitime SA 180 • AT-4/868181 • AT-4182 • Cobra 5000 Plus 183 • Software and Cards 184 185 • Access Plus Access control 173 ACCESS CONTROL AND TRAFFIC BOLLARDS Mag100 ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN MAGNETIC READER The MAG100 magnetic card readers can be used in access control systems for both pedestrians and vehicles. Model Mag100 description Swipe type magnetic card reader Item code 403118 price € 303,00 Item code 401037 737630 price € 58,00 10,00 Item code 786320 price € 1,50 Electronic control board VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183) Specific accessories MAG 100 aluminium column Foundation plate for columns Cards FAAC magnetic card, numbered and coded (minimum q.ty 10 pcs.) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Container Power supply voltage Type of magnetic reader Format Reading of magnetic strip Electrical connections Max. distance between reader and control unit Operating ambient temperature Installation Heater LED indications Buzzer Shutter Dimensions Notes: To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area. 174 MAG100 in Metal 12 Vdc (from control board) Swipe ISO STANDARD track 2 100% of track Multipolar cable 5 x 0.5 mm2 100 metres - 10° C to + 55° C Wall-mounted or column-mounted Not present 1 two-colour multifunction LED Can be turned off Not present 125 x 56 x 45 mm (L x H x D) Tag10 ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN ACCESS CONTROL PROXIMITY READER The TAG 10 passive transponder proximity reader can be used to build high-security access control systems. With its distance detection, it offers greater ease of use and, since it is completely free from moving mechanical parts, it is practically maintenance-free. Item code 403107 price € 164,00 Specific accessories Aluminium column (packing unit 2 pcs.) Foundation plate for column Item code 401034 737630 price € 66,00 10,00 Cards FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip (min. 10 pcs) Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs) Item code 786334 786323 price € 5,50 5,50 Model Tag 10 description Proximity reader for passive transponder Electronic control board VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Container Power supply voltage Reading distance Protection class Electrical connections Max. distance between reader and control unit Operating ambient temperature Two-colour multifunction LED Buzzer Installation Dimensions TAG 10 Plastic 12 Vdc (from control board) ~10 cm IP 54 5x0.5 mm2 shielded multi-pole cable 100 metres -10°C to +55°C YES YES (can be turned off) Wall-mounted or column-mounted 70 x 95 x 44 mm (L x H x D) Use TAG 10 Vehicle or pedestrian access control systems, indoors and outdoors Notes: To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area. 175 Resist A100 compact ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN READERS FOR PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE GATES The Resist line of readers for pedestrian and vehicle gates has a very robust anti-vandal structure with a front panel in fibre glass. Resist-T Model Resist-T Resist-PS Resist-TPS Resist-PS description keypad for access authorisation by entering a code passive proximity reader passive proximity reader with keypad for access authorisation by entering a code Resist-TPS Item code 403124 403125 403126 price € 198,00 187,00 260,00 Item code 401061 price € 74,00 786334 786323 5,50 5,50 Electronic control board VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183) Specific accessories Resist-COL Column in galvanised steel, painted black Cards FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip (min. 10 pcs) Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS RESIST - T RESIST-PS Type of reader Keypad, 12 buttons Passive proximity -- Max. 5 cm Reading distance TAG reading (125Khz) -- TAG Card / Keyring Structure Pressure die-cast aluminium Dimensions (mm) H100xL100xP42 Front panel Fibre glass with polycarbonate layer Protection class IP 55 Buttons Mechanical buttons in stainless steel No button Indication LED Two-colour, 3 mm Buzzer Can be turned off Power supply From the control board Absorption Max. 60 mA Max. 100 mA Operating ambient temperature -10°C to +55°C Installation Wall-mounted or column-mounted Electrical connections 5 x 0.5 mm cable, with screen (max. 100 m) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS RESIST- COL Structure - galvanised steel Painting - black powder Dimensions - 1100x100x100 mm Use: vehicle or pedestrian access control systems, indoors and outdoors Notes: To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area. 176 RESIST-TPS Proximity and keypad Max. 5 cm TAG Card / Keyring Mechanical buttons in stainless steel Max. 160 mA ACCESS CONTROL Minitime VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN ACCESS CONTROL READERS FOR PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE GATES The range of MINITIME keypads and readers is ideal for access control systems both for pedestrians, indoors in prestige locations, and for vehicles outdoors. Model Minitime-T Minitime-PS Minitime-TPS description keypad for access authorisation by entering a code passive proximity reader passive proximity reader with keypad for access authorisation by entering a code Item code 403159 403161 403160 price € 138,00 112,00 153,00 Item code 401041 737630 price € 64,00 10,00 786334 786323 5,50 5,50 Electronic control board VIPER 400 (see page 178) / COBRA 5000 (see page 183) Specific accessories MINITIME aluminium column Foundation plate for columns Cards FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip (min. 10 pcs) Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MINITIME - T MINITIME - TPS MINITIME - PS Keypad, 12 buttons yes yes Type of reader no passive proximity TAG reading distance no Max. 5 cm TAG format no card / keyring at 125 KHz Operating principle connected with VIPER 400 or COBRA 5000 Signalling via 3 two-colour LEDs on plastic cover Front panel stainless steel with polycarbonate layer Buzzerincorporated Installation wall-mounted or column-mounted Connections to control unit Multipolar cable 5 x 0.5 mm, screened Distance from reader to control unit 100 metres Type of enclosure ABS with painted cover, dimensions H 175 L 60 D 45 MM Operating ambient temperature -10°C to +55°C Power supply directly from the control board COBRA 5000 and VIPER 400 no Notes: To obtain personalised cards contact the FAAC S.p.A. sales office in your area. 177 Viper 400 ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN CONTROL BOARD VIPER 400 The autonomous VIPER 400 control board is designed for stand-alone access control systems (it does not require a personal computer). It is ideal for all situations requiring a simple but secure system. Model Viper 400 Item code 790909 price € 169,00 Enclosure for VIPER 400 control board Enclosure mod. E Enclosure mod. L Enclosure mod. LM Item code 720119 720118 720309 price € 17,00 25,00 39,00 Specific accessories Power supply for VIPER 400 board MINISERVICE power supply (necessary for managing electric locks at 12 Vac (*) Accessories for installing MINISERVICE in enclosures L - LM Memory for saving data held in the VIPER 400 board Item code 407030 790904 390624 799348 price € 25,50 66,00 13,50 14,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VIPER 400 Up to 2 readers can be connected - MAG, TAG transponder, RESIST - or 433/868 SLH trasmitters using the DECODER TTR Memory capacity up to 400 users Programmable control of a single gate or two gates: single gate: entry reader/button to exit; entry reader/exit reader; possibility of door status management with alarm activation two gates: reader on entry A; reader on entry B (on gate A an exit button can be installed and also a door status management with alarm activation) Can add access password to configuration and programming 1 3-digit display for programming and displaying card status 5 programming buttons Programs available: Card management (saving, deleting, changing) Operational settings (manage one gate, manage two gates etc.) Time settings Activation of exits Export/import archives The additional memory, optionally available, can be used to export/ import the "card data" from one board to another, or to make backup copies Power supply 12 to 24 V ac/V dc Compatible with enclosure models E - L - LM. Notes (*) When the Miniservice power supply is used to activate an electric lock (12 V ac) the power for the VIPER board can be taken from the Miniservice (24 V dc). In this case the VIPER 400 power supply is not required. Obviously not all electric locks are compatible with the Miniservice. 178 Resist SA ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN RESIST-SA is an access control device that can archive codes or cards and command the opening of a door, control the status (open/closed) and sound an alarm in the event of unauthorised opening. It works totally autonomously ("SA" means Stand Alone) with no external management board or computer for programming and downloading data. The electronic control unit comprises two interconnected boards: - The CPU board, which contains the terminals, buzzer, relays and interface for the passive reader - The keypad board with the buttons, the LED indicators and the antenna for the passive proximity reader. RESIST-SA (reader A, master) can connect with a standard RESIST, currently available (reader B, slave). This configuration can manage an area with two gates, one entry Model Resist TPS SA and one exit, controllable with Anti-Pass-Back. Configuring the reader and acquiring the codes or cards can be done via the keypad or using the kit for card programming. The additional memory, optionally available, can be used to export/ import the list of cards or codes from a Resist-SA to a similar product. Resist TPS SA description reader + autonomous keypad Specific accessories Resist-Col column in galvanised steel, painted black Memory for saving data Cards FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Type of device Control board Reading distance TAGs handled External structure Dimensions (mm) Front panel Protection class Type of keypad (12 buttons in steel) LED indications Buzzer Input Output Number of users Control of one door Control of two doors Reader A Reader B Configuration Power supply Absorption Operating ambient temperature Fixing Master-slave connection cable (min. 10 pcs) Item code 403139 price € 276,00 Item code 401061 799348 price € 74,00 14,00 786334 786323 5,50 5,50 RESIST-TPS Keypad con Proximity reader Max. 5 cm Cards/Keyrings (0-9), Enter, Space Card/code recognised, error status 500 codes or cards 1 Resist-TPS-SA -1 Resist-TPS 1 Resist-TPS-SA A 1 Resist-TPS (B) 1 door alarm (A) - 1 door input (A)Keypad, Cards kit Attention: the use of the proximity reader complete with keypad is recommended when a large amount of cards must be entered 179 ACCESS CONTROL AUTONOMOUS READERS / KEYPADS Minitime A100 compact SA CONTROL VEHICLEACCESS OR PEDESTRIAN AUTONOMOUS READERS / KEYPADS MINITIME-SA is an access control device that can archive cards and command the opening of a door, control the status (open/closed) and sound an alarm in the event of unauthorised opening. It works totally autonomously ("SA" means Stand Alone) with no external management board or computer for programming and downloading data. The electronic control unit comprises two interconnected boards: - The CPU board, which contains the terminals, buzzer, relays and interface for the passive reader - The keypad board with the buttons, the LED indicators and the antenna for passive proximity reading. MINITIME-SA (reader A, master) can connect with a standard MINITIME currently available (reader B, slave). This configuration can manage an area with two gates, one entry and one exit, controllable with Anti-Pass-Back. Configuring the reader and acquiring the Codes or Cards can be done via the keypad or using the kit for card programming. The additional memory, optionally available, can be used to export/import the list of cards or codes from a MINITIME-SA to a similar product. Model Minitime TPS SA description reader + autonomous keypad Specific accessories Minitime aluminium column Foundation plate for column Memory for saving data Cards FAAC proximity card, numbered, no magnetic strip Keyring transponder (min. 10 pcs) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Keypad, 12 buttons Type of reader TAG reading distance Operating principle Programming Special functions Connection of external readers Inputs Outputs Inputs Outputs Number of users Single gate management Double gate management Type of enclosure Operating ambient temperature Power supply (min. 10 pcs) Item code 403163 price € 172,00 Item code 401041 737630 799348 price € 64,00 10,00 14,00 786334 786323 5,50 5,50 MINITIME-T-SA MINITIME-TPS-SA MINITIME-PS-SA yes no no yes no passive proximity max. 5 cm stand - alone Via keypad and 3 LEDs Via cards saving and deleting of cards, operational settings and exit activation times anti-passback management Import/export card archive on additional memory 1 standard reader without keypad or display 2 inputs for button and door status 2 relay outputs for door-opening, 1 open-collector output for alarm 1 door status input – 1 door opening input (push-button) 2 relay outputs – 1 open collector output (alarm) 500 cards 500 More codes 500 codes or cards entry reader / exit button, entry reader / exit reader, door management with alarm activation entry reader, exit reader alarm activation ABS with painted cover, dimensions H175 L60 D45 mm 10° + 55° C 12 - 24 VDC 12 -24 VAC, max. absorption 200 MA Attention: the use of the proximity reader complete with keypad is recommended when a large amount of cards must be entered 180 ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE ACCESS CONTROL UNIT WITH UHF 868 REMOTE DETECTION The AT-4/868 UHF vehicle access control unit has been designed to identify the vehicles equipped with self-adhesive passive TAG applied on the vehicle windscreen. The recognition occurs at a maximum distance of 4 m. AT-4/868 Model AT-4/868 TAG UHF 868 description AT-4/868 reading unit Item code 103162 price € 2.524,00 Passive transponders TAG UHF 868 Item code 786348 price € 7,50 Specific accessories FG1 Detector FG2 Detector Pole for AT-4/868 reading unit Miniservice board (to supply power to AT-4/868) Mod. E housing (for miniservice board) Item code 785529 785527 722233 790904 720119 price € 209,00 326,00 295,00 66,00 17,00 Electronic control board COBRA 5000 (see page 183) TRASPONDER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Reading unit TAG Reader Structure Installation Front panel Dimensions Weight Operating ambient temperature Absorbed current / power supply voltage Protection class Interface Max. distance between reader and control unit TRASPONDER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Model Max. reading distance TAG UHF 868 4m for detection up to max. 4 m passive UHF 868 aluminium with articulated support wall-mounted or rod-mounted plastic material 200 x 220 x 47 mm 1 kg -20°C to + 55°C 1A at 12 V and 0,5A at 24V IP 65 RS232 or OMROM ISO 7811/2 50 m Fastening Self-adhesive Dimensions 90 x 27 mm (L x H) Attention: The max. reading range can only be obtained if the following conditions are complied with: - TAG – reader front alignment - TAG fastened in horizontal position - TAG applied on unshielded glass - Cannot be used for mixed vehicle access control – cars and trucks/coaches The self-adhesive TAG can be damaged if removed 181 ACCESS CONTROL AT-4/868 AT-4 ACCESS CONTROL VEHICLE OR PEDESTRIAN AT4: VEHICLE ACCESS CONTROL UNIT WITH DETECTION AT A DISTANCE AND AT SPEED The AT-4 control unit is designed to identify vehicles equipped with TAGs active at 2.45 GHz, installable on the windscreen of the vehicle using sucker cups. Double identification is possible (for vehicle and driver), with the PROX-BOOSTER active transponder. AT-4 Model AT - 4 Window button description Reading unit for 2.45 GHz long-range active transponders Item code 103161 price € 2.740,00 2.45 GHz LONG-RANGE active transponders WINDOW BUTTON Item code 786341 price € 42,00 2.45 GHz LONG-RANGE active transponders FG1 Detector FG2 Detector 785529 785527 209,00 326,00 Electronic control board COBRA 5000 (see page 183) AT 4 for detection up to 4 m STOP and GO Active at 2.45 GHz in aluminium on articulated support wall-mounted or on pole plastic material 200 x 220 x 47 mm 1 kg -20°C to + 55°C 12 - 24 Vdc 1A (12Vdc) - 0,5A (24Vdc) IP 65 RS232 or OMROM ISO 7811/2 50 m TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Reading unit Detection speed TAG reader Structure Installation Front panel Dimensions Weight Operating ambient temperature Power supply voltage Absorbed current Protection class Interface Identification signal Max. distance between reader and control unit TRASPONDER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Model Reading distance WINDOW BUTTON 8m Power supply Lithium battery, 10 year life Use: vehicle access control with detection at a distance and at speed. 182 Fixing one suction cup Dimensions Ø 75 mm P 30 mm Cobra 5000 Plus ACCESS CONTROL CONTROL UNIT The new COBRA PLUS control unit, together with the new ACCESSPLUS software, allows the setup of access control systems of any type and size and can handle over 5000 readers with LAN network connection. All the technologies for handling access cards and their readers are managed by the COBRA PLUS units. Memory capacity for up to 65,000 users, management of 999 time frames on a weekly basis, management of annual calendar with holidays if online with the ACCESSPLUS software. The supply of the control unit includes BASIC LITE software (free of charge) suitable to program COBRA PLUS operating in stand alone mode. Model Cobra 5000 Plus description Supplied with stabilised power supply and enclosure LM (IP55) Specific accessories Battery 12 Volt 1.2 Ah Converter ETH-485-232 Converter ETH-MOD-V COBRA PLUS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Access control system CPU Program memory Tables + transactions memory Serial ports Operating principle Readers management User management (stand-alone) Readings archive management (stand-alone) Time bands management (stand-alone) Parking lanes management Single door management Double door management PIN management Inputs and outputs Power supply voltage Item code 316030 price € 520,00 Item code 390675 103123 103073 price € 26,00 315,00 305,00 Pedestrian and vehicle 16/32 bit 512 Kbyte flash memory, updatable via serial port, containing all functional variants 512 Kbyte buffered RAM 1 RS 232 serial port - 1 auxiliary RS 232 serial port - 1 RS 485 serial port 1 RS 485 serial port for subnet management In stand-alone mode if configured from a laptop PC, or on a network with a PC Max. 2 readers (4 with MIXER board) Variable from 10 to 15,000 - Preset to 5,000 Variable from 200 (15,000 cards) to 51,000 (10 cards) - Preset to 34,189 with 5,000 users 255 1 or 2, programmable entry reader, exit button; entry reader, exit reader possibility of door status management with alarm activation reader on gate A; reader on gate B on both, exit buttons can be installed and also door status management and alarms Via connection with a reader equipped with display + keypad (PIN and PIN+card) 6 inputs, 1 anti-intrusion tamper, 4 relay outputs 230 V (+ 6% to 10%) 230 Vac BASIC LITE SOFTWARE FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS (supplied free of charge with Cobra Plus unit) Simple and easy to install, it has been designed for Cobra Plus units that operate in stand-alone mode. • enables basic configuration for Cobra Plus units in stand-alone mode: authorised cards are always read without expiry, possibility to enable antipass-back control access rights to enable reader A, B or A&B output activation (i.e. alarm) for unauthorised cards, card loading rapid procedure (i.e. from 1 to 100) • multi-site management: the software records the Cobra setting for the various sites • you do not need to purchase it since it is supplied free of charge together with the Cobra Plus units AccessPlus software required for advanced management, vehicle count, loop control, door status control. 183 Software & Cards MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE ACCESSPLUS software is suitable to manage all FAAC pedestrian & vehicular access control readers. The software manages a series of archives of user information, identification criteria for personnel subject to checking, operation modes, both for the control units and for the readers installed at the gates and accesses of controlled areas. It handles up to 65,535 users and includes the module ACCESSPLUS NET, (free of charge) for monitoring and sharing of the archives of an ACCESSPLUS installed on another PC and LAN network. ACCESSORIES FOR PC Interface converter INT-232-485-ISO (4 lines) USB-Opto485 converter (*) Analogic modem for access control Item code 103093 103183 316017 price € 177,00 158,00 451,00 779079 464,00 SOFTWARE ACCESSPLUS software SOFTWARE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Operating system Access Communication Identification User associations Logistics controls Time controls Conditioning of opening Microsoft Windows (7/XP/VISTA) confidential password serial port/USB*/LAN transponder cards, magnetic card, PIN code unlimited level of accesses enabled zones, movements, anti-pass back, entering amounts 999 time bands/week level of accesses, time bands, PIN codes, temporary disablings Note: (*) the device allows programming of control unit by PC without port RS232. USB-Opto 485 converter does not allow permanent on line link. It does not work if linked to an USB HUB. PASSIVE TRANSPONDERS AND CARDS Magnetic and proximity cards are available in STANDARD ISO format (credit card; 86x54x0.78 mm). Proximity cards are also available in the comfortable keyring format. For all types of cards, the minimum order must be of at least 10 pieces except for customised cards (see footnote). Model FAAC magnetic badge, numbered and coded Customised magnetic card according to customer’s needs White proximity card without magnetic strip White proximity card numbered without magnetic strip FAAC proximity card numbered without magnetic strip Customised proximity card according to customer’s needs White proximity card numbered with neutral magnetic strip White proximity card numbered with coded magnetic strip Proximity card with magnetic strip, customised according to customer’s needs Transponder key-case format Item code 786320 786339 786335 786336 786334 786340 786337 786338 786343 786323 Notes: (**) For the supply of customised cards, please contact FAAC S.p.A. sales offices in your area to request an offer. Minimum quantity to be agreed. 184 price € 1.50 (**) 4,50 5,00 5.50 (**) 5.50 5.50 (**) 5.50 Management software The AccessPlus control software allows you to manage terminals or management central units connected to the data concentrator computer. The software manages a series of archives for registry data, personal identification criteria subject to control, function modes, and of control units, readers installed in passageways, and access points in controlled areas. Model Accessplus INT-232-485 ISO interface converter (4 lines) USB-Opto485 Converter (*) All versions manage up to 65,535 users and include the AccessPlus NET module (free) for monitoring and sharing the archives of an AccessPlus installed on another PC on the LAN network. The AccessPlus NET software can communicate with up to 10 PC workstations in the same network. Description Software Accessories for PC Accessories for PC Item Code 779079 103093 103183 Price (€) 464,00 177,00 158,00 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Model Operating system Access Communication Identification User associations Logistics controls Timer controls Opening condition Accessplus Microsoft Windows (95/98/NT/2000/XP/VISTA) Restricted password Serial port Transponder cards, magnetic cards, PIN code Unlimited access level enabled zones, movements, anti-passback, amount entry 999 daily time slots access level, time slots, PIN codes, temporary disabling Notes: (*) The device allows the management unit to be programmed via PCs without serial ports. The USB-OPTO 485 converter does not allow permanent on-line connection. It does not work if connected to a HUB-USB. 185 ACCESS CONTROL ACCESSPlus ProductPage • J275 HA V2 188 • J275 SA 190 • J275 F 192 • J 355 M30-P1 HA 194 • J 355 M30-P1 F 196 • J200 HA 198 • J200 SA 200 • J200 F 202 Bollards FAAC solutions to control vehicle transit in residential, commercial, industrial and urban areas with limited traffic, as well as for safety applications in perimeter protection. FAAC solutions represent an elegant and functional alternative to fixed bollards, gates, barriers, chains and similar. The bollard defines pedestrian areas during peak times or permanently, it enables only authorized means (business owners, residents, hotel guests, garage customers, taxi, owners of parking spaces) to enter and/or exit from certain areas, it defines parking places, squares or sidewalks and protects sensitive areas, such as embassies, coastlines, military installations, etc. Lines J200 line J275 line J355 M30-P1 line Application RESIDENTIAL AREAS COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL AREAS AND URBAN PASSAGES Type Use (HA) Automatic To control vehicle access to residential areas (SA) Semi-Automatic To control access to areas occasionally open to traffic or difficult to wire (F) Fixed To complete installations together with other retractable models for access road (HA) Automatic To control vehicle access to commercial and industrial areas as well as urban passages (SA) Semi-Automatic To control vehicle access to old town centers, areas difficult to wire or areas occasionally open to traffic (F) Fixed To complete installations together with other retractable models for access road (HA) Automatic To delimit, protect and control vehicle access to sensitive areas (embassies, military areas, etc.) and sites with special safety requirements (F) Fixed To protect sensitive areas, together with fixed installations or other retractable models CERTIFIED PERIMETER SAFETY Certificates 187 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS FAAC Traffic bollards - J line J275 HA V2 Retractable traffic bollard automatic The J275HA V2 automatic retractable traffic bollard is recommended when many transits are expected per day. It can be operated by means of commands performed by authorized personnel or by means of automatic commands. 1. Guaranteed for a high use frequency 2. Rapid and silent movements 3. “Full optional” product; it is supplied already equipped with the main accessories 4. Extreme care in the material selection 5. Simple maintenance (can be performed by a single person) 6. Perfect interchangeability with first generation bollards 7. "Gentle Stop” function to grant soft stop on the limit switch DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Model Movement Cylinder height Cylinder diameter J275 HA V2 H600 Hydraulic operator 600 mm 275 mm Steel S235JR EN 10219 Cylinder material (thick. 7mm) Cataphoresis and polyester Cylinder material powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey Cylinder material head RAL 9006 Aluminium Rising time ~5 s Lowering time (standard) ~3,5 s Lowering time (rapid) (*) YES (selectable) Emergency lowering time ~1,2 s Obstacle detection device in rising YES Release device YES Absorption 230V~ 50(60Hz) Max power 220 W Protection class IP67 Recommended use Intensive use (traffic) Reflecting strip height 55 mm Standard reflecting strip color Orange Impact resistance 38000 J Crash resistance 128000 J Total weight 167 Kg Pit weight 55 Kg Bollard weight 112 Kg Operating ambient temperature -15 °C / +55 °C Operating ambient temperature -25 °C / +55 °C with heater Pit to wall in with modular 560 x 560 x 950 mm cylindrical profile Excavation dimensions 1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm Standard 16+1 conductor Connection cable cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied) Cable max. length 50 m *When operated by the safety switch 188 J275 HA V2 H600 INOX Hydraulic operator 600 mm 275 mm AISI 316L satin finished (thick. 6mm) Satin finished J275 HA V2 H800 INOX Hydraulic operator 800 mm 275 mm AISI 316L satin finished (thick. 6mm) Satin finished RAL 9006 Aluminium ~5 s ~3,5 s YES (selectable) ~1,2 s YES YES 230V~ 50(60Hz) 220 W IP67 Intensive use (traffic) 55 mm Orange 67000 J 207000 J 167 Kg 55 Kg 112 Kg -15 °C / +55 °C -25 °C / +55 °C J275 HA V2 H800 Hydraulic operator 800 mm 275 mm Steel S235JR EN 10219 (thick. 7mm) Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey RAL 9006 Aluminium ~7 s ~4,5 s YES (selectable) ~1,5 s YES YES 230V~ 50(60Hz) 220 W IP67 Intensive use (traffic) 55 mm Orange 38000 J 128000 J 195 Kg 65 Kg 130 Kg -15 °C / +55 °C -25 °C / +55 °C 560 x 560 x 950 mm 560 x 560 x 1.220 mm 560 x 560 x 1.220 mm 1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied) 50 m 1.000 x 1.000 x 1.540 mm Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied) 50 m 1.000 x 1.000 x 1.540 mm Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied) 50 m RAL 9006 Aluminium ~7 s ~4,5 s YES (selectable) ~1,5 s YES YES 230V~ 50(60Hz) 220 W IP67 Intensive use (traffic) 55 mm Orange 67000 J 207000 J 195 Kg 65 Kg 130 Kg -15 °C / +55 °C -25 °C / +55 °C STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Models J275 HA V2 600 J275 HA V2 800 Height 600 mm 800 mm Finish Item code price € Painted steel 116006 116007 3.661,00 3.873,00 The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 7 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED • movement reporting buzzer • emergency lowering in case of power cut (can be overridden) • release key for emergency manual lowering STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height Finish J275 HA V2 600 600 mm stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish J275 HA V2 800 800 mm The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel thickness 6 mm satin-finished • crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED • movement reporting buzzer • emergency lowering in case of power cut (can be overridden) • release key for emergency manual lowering TRAFFIC BOLLARDS COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS, VEHICLE TRANSIT Item code price € 116036 116037 4.510,00 4.828,00 CONTROL BOARDS JE275 bollard control board it controls up to max 4 bollards, type J275 HA Item code Price (euro) 116300 276,00 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES JP 275/600 pit for bollard H600 including counterframe Item code Price (euro) 116100 487,00 JP 275/800* pit extension for bollard H800* Item code Price (euro) (*) both elements are requested for the 800 mm version 116100 + 116101. 116101 90,00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES JH275 pit heater for (to extend operation down to -25°C) Item code Price (euro) 116200 318,00 JC275 pit cover Item code Price (euro) 116201 133,00 189 J275 SA Retractable traffic bollard semi-automatic This bollard solves any transit and/or park control problems without the need of an electric power supply (particularly suitable for old town centers and areas difficult to wire). In fact, thanks to a gas operator, raising occurs automatically by means of a key release. Lowering occurs by a foot pressure on the bollard head. 1. Power supply and wiring not requested 2. Simple and safe movements thanks to the dedicated release key 3. “Full optional” product; it is supplied already equipped with the main accessories 4. Kept lock in rised position (against accidental release) 5. Very simple maintenance DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Model Movement Cylinder height Cylinder diameter J275 SA H600 Gas actuator 600 mm 275 mm J275 SA H600 INOX Gas actuator 600 mm 275 mm Cylinder material Steel S235JR EN 10219 (thick 7mm) Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey Aluminium RAL 9006 AISI 316L satin finished (thick 6mm) Satin finished By key (standard supplied) 55 mm Orange 38000 J 128000 J 125 Kg 55 Kg 70 Kg 560 x 560 x 950 mm By key (standard supplied) 55 mm Orange 67000 J 207000 J 125 Kg 55 Kg 70 Kg 560 x 560 x 950 mm 1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm 1.000 x 1.000 x 1.250 mm Cylinder material Cylinder material head Release device Reflecting strip height Standard reflecting strip color Impact resistance Crash resistance Total weight Pit weight Bollard weight Pit to wall in with modular cylindrical profile Excavation dimensions 190 Aluminium RAL 9006 STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Models J275 SA 600 Height 600 mm Finish Painted steel Item code price € 116050 2.843,00 Item code price € 116060 3.584,00 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS, VEHICLE TRANSIT The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 7 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED* • mechanical lock in raised position with special release key • release key (2 pcs) STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height Finish J275 SA 600 600 mm stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel thickness 6 mm satin-finished • crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED* • mechanical lock in raised position with special release key • release key (2 pcs) (*) The power supply (24 Vdc) and the cable (2x1.5 mm) for the flashing lamp are not supplied. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES JP 275/600 pit for bollard H600 including counterframe Item code Price (euro) 116100 487,00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES JC275 pit cover Item code Price (euro) Release key kit (5 units) 116201 133,00 Item code Price (euro) 390084 62,00 191 J275 F Fixed traffic bollard The FAAC J275 Fixed traffic bollard does not require either invasive laying operations, or electric wiring. It is therefore suitable for permanent installations in order to define pedestrian areas, or for mixed installations together with other automatic or semi-automatic bollards. 1. Power supply and wiring not requested 2. Simple laying and limited excavation 3. Guarantees aesthetic coherency in multiple installations together with retractable bollards. 4. Possibility of removing the bollard to open the passage to traffic temporarily. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS J275 F H600 Cylinder height Cylinder diameter Cylinder material, standard version Standard cylinder surface treatment Cylinder material, stainless steel version Cylinder head Standard reflecting strip Crash resistance Total weight Frame to wall in 192 600 mm J275 F H800 800 mm 275 mm S235JR EN 10219 steel (4mm thick) Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey AISI 316L satin finished (3mm thick) Aluminium RAL 9006 Height 55 mm 35 KJoules/Painted steel-59 KJoules/stainless steel version 34 kg (bollard) 38 kg (bollard) 450 x 450 x 55 mm STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Models J275 F 600 J275 F 800 Height 600 mm 800 mm Finish Item code price € Painted steel 116020 116021 791,00 835,00 Item code price € 116040 116041 1.231,00 1.314,00 The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 4 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED* SPECIAL VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height J275 F 600 600 mm J275 F 800 800 mm Finish stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish TRAFFIC BOLLARDS COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL AREAS, VEHICLE TRANSIT The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel thickness 3 mm satin-finished • crown-shaped flashing lamp with central LED* (*) The power supply (24 Vdc) and the cable (2x1.5 mm) for the LED lights are not supplied. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES JPF275 fixing frame for the fixed bollard Item code Price (euro) 116120 127,00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES JC275 pit cover Item code Price (euro) 116201 133,00 193 J 355 M30-P1 HA Retractable security bollard automatic The FAAC J355HA-M30-P1 bollard is certified for the use in perimeter security; it has been purposely designed for the protection of sensitive areas, such as airports, embassies, consulates, banks, harbors, etc. The FAAC J355HA-M30-P1 bollard has been tested according to the American standards “ASTM F 265607 - Standard Test Method for Vehicle Crash Testing of Perimeter Barriers”, obtaining thus the certification for the highest penetration rate. The class M30-P1 indicates that the bollard FAAC J355 is able to stop a 6800kg truck at a speed of 50Km/h (=30M/h) in 1 meter (P1). The bollard is also available in the EFO (Emergency Fast Operation) version, that guarantees a very rapid rising speed (1.5s) to increase the protection level. 1. Tested according to the American standards ASTM F 2656-07 M30 2. “Full optional” product; it is already equipped with the main accessories 3. Guaranteed for a high use frequency 4. Kept lock in rised position also in the event of power failure 5. Extreme care in the material selection 6. Also available in EFO (Emergency Fast Operation) version for very rapid rising DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Model Movement Cylinder height Cylinder diameter Cylinder material Cylinder surface treatment Head cylinder material Rising time Lowering time (rapid) device Rapid emergency rising time Lowering time Release device Absorption Max. supplied power Protection class of the hydraulic unit Recommended use Reflecting strip height Reflecting strip color (standard) Impact resistance Crash resistance Total weight Pit weight Bollard weight Operating ambient temperature Operating ambient temperature with heater (optional) Pit to wall in Excavation dimensions Connection cable Connection cable max. length Load class (EN 124) 194 J355 HA M30-P1 J355 HA M30-P1 INOX J355 HA M30-P1 EFO J355 HA M30-P1 EFO INOX Hydraulic operator 1,000 mm 355 mm Steel S355JR EN10210 (16mm thick) Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL AISI 316L satin finished 7021 metallic dark grey Aluminium RAL 9006 ~6 s NO YES (EFO) ~1,5 s ~2 s optional 230V~ 50(60Hz) 2500 W IP67 Security applications 55 mm White 150000 J 656000 J 800 Kg 250 Kg 550 Kg -15 °C / +55 °C -40 °C / +55 °C 590 x 670 x 1,665 mm 3.200 x 1.600 x 1.800 mm Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied) 50 m C25 (25t) STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Models Height Finish J355 HA M30-P1 1.000 mm Painted steel J355 HA M30-P1 EFO The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 16 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights • hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) • emergency circuit for a rapid rising (only EFO version) Item code price € 116004 116005 9.650,00 11.450,00 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS CERTIFIED PERIMETER PROTECTION STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height Finish Item code 116034 J355 HA M30-P1 stainless steel AISI 316L 1.000 mm satin finish 116035 J355 HA M30-P1 EFO The product features: • steel cylinder, 16 mm thick, with cataphoresis treatment and «sleeve» in stainless steel satin-finished • crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights • hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) • emergency circuit for a rapid rising (only EFO version) price € 10.850,00 12.650,00 CONTROL BOARDS JE275 bollard control board it controls 1 J355 M30-P1 bollard Item code Price (euro) 116300 276,00 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES PIT for J355 HA Bollard Item code Price (euro) 116110 2.650,00 Pit heater for J355 J355 Manual release kit Item code116202 Price (euro) 422,00 Item code Price (euro) 116102 45,00 195 J355 M30-P1 F Fixed security bollard FAAC J355F M30-P1 traffic bollard has successfully passed the ASTM F 2656-07 simulation testing. FAAC J355 traffic bollard is therefore suitable for the permanent protection of sensitive areas perimeters, alone or in combination with retractable (HA) models. DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Model Height of cylinder from ground Cylinder diameter Type of cylinder material Type of cylinder treatment Type of head material Reflecting strip height Standard reflecting strip colour Break-in resistance Total weight Excavation dimensions (WxDxH) 196 J355 F M30-P1 J355 F M30-P1 INOX 1.000 mm 355 mm Jacket S355JR EN 10210 (16mm thick) Cataphoresis and polyester powder Camiciatura AISI 316L satin finish paint, dark grey metallised RAL 7021 Aluminium RAL 9006 55 mm White 656000 J 652 Kg 4.000 x 2.300 x 350 mm SICUREZZA PERIMETRALE CERTIFIED PERIMETERCERTIFICATA PROTECTION Models J355 F M30-P1 Height 1.000 mm Finish powder paint, dark grey metallised Item code 116022 price € 3.950,00 Item code 116042 price € 4.650,00 ACCESS CONTROL AND TRAFFIC BOLLARDS STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 16 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights • underground modular structure STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models J355 F M30-P1 Height 1.000 mm Finish Stainless Steel AISI 316L satin finish The product features: • steel cylinder, 16 mm thick, with cataphoresis treatment and «sleeve» in stainless steel satin-finished • crown-shaped flashing lamp with LED lights • underground modular structure (*) L’alimentazione (24V) ed il cavo (2x1,5 mm) per il lampeggiatore, non sono forniti. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES Pit for J355 F Item code Price (euro) 63000324 514,00 197 J200 HA Retractable bollard for traffic control in residential areas automatic The FAAC J200HA Automatic retractable traffic bollard is particularly suitable for controlling vehicle traffic in residential areas, thus guaranteeing a smart control, being however careful about the aesthetic impact. It can be operated by means of commands performed by authorized personnel or by means of automatic commands. 1. Rapid and silent movements 2. Streamlined product, it can be configured by selecting the desired installation accessories 3. Easy transport, storage and laying thanks to the limited weight 4. Simple maintenance (can be performed by a single person) DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Movement Cylinder stroke Cylinder diameter Cylinder material, standard version Standard cylinder surface treatment Cylinder material, stainless steel version Cylinder head Rising time Lowering time Hydraulic pump Absorption Protection class Recommended use Standard reflecting strip Manual lowering operation Total weight Operating ambient temperature Operating ambient temperature with heater (optional) Overall dimensions Connection cable Max. length 198 Hydraulic operator 600 mm 200 mm Fe 360 steel (6mm) Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey AISI 316L satin finished (6mm thick) Aluminium RAL 9006 Approx. 5 sec Approx. 7 sec Power supply 230 Vac +6% - 10%; 50 Hz 230 W IP 67 Use in residential applications Height 25 mm With hydraulic circuit mechanical release 90kg -15 °C / +55 °C -25 °C / +55 °C 400x500x800 mm Standard 16+1 conductor cables, minimum section 1.5mm (not supplied) 50 mt STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Models J200 HA 600 Height 600 mm Finish Painted steel The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 5 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) with special release key • supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required) Item code price € 116500 2.550,00 Item code price € 116505 3.150,00 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS RESIDENTIAL AREAS STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height Finish J200 HA 600 600 mm stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel thickness 5 mm satin-finished • hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) with special release key • supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required) CONTROL BOARDS JE275 bollard control board it controls up to max 4 bollards, type J275 HA Item code Price (euro) 116300 276,00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Pit heater for J200HA Item code Price (euro) 116501 307,00 Release kit with pressure switch for J200HA Item code Price (euro) 116502 227,00 Acoustic signal for J200HA Item code Price (euro) 116503 21,00 LED lights kit for J200HA Item code Price (euro) 116504 56,00 199 J200 SA Retractable bollard for traffic control in residential areas semi-automatic This traffic bollard resolves the problems of transit and/or parking control without requiring electric power (particularly suitable for town centres and areas difficult to wire). The gas actuator allows it to be lifted automatically with a key. It is lowered by pressing the head of the bollard. 1. Power supply and wiring not required 2. Simple and safe movement, thanks to the specific unlocking key 3. A streamlined product, configurable by selecting the desired installation accessories 4. Easy to transport, store and install, thanks to the limited weight of the product 5. Low position lock guaranteed against accidental release 6. Simplified maintenance (possible with just one person) DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Model Type of operator Height of cylinder from ground [mm] Cylinder diameter [mm] Cylinder material type Cylinder treatment type Head material type Release device Reflecting strip height [mm] Standard reflecting strip colour Overall Weight [Kg] Dimensions of underground structure WxDxH [mm] Excavation dimensions WxDxH [mm] Force adjustment 200 J200SA H600 Single-acting gas actuator 600 200 Steel S235JRG2 EN 10277 (6mm thick) Cataphoresis and polyester powder paint, dark grey metallised RAL 7021 Aluminium RAL 9006 Key operated (supplied) 25 Orange 82 400 x 500 x 800 700 x 700 x 1.100 NO J200 SA H600 INOX Single-acting gas actuator 600 200 Steel 316L satin finish (6mm thick) Satin finish Aluminium RAL 9006 Key operated (supplied) 25 Orange 82 400 x 500 x 800 700 x 700 x 1.100 NO RESIDENTIAL AREAS STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Height 600 mm Finish painted steel The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 5 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required) STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height Finish J200 SA 600 600 mm Stainless Steel AISI 316L satin finish Item code 116508 price € 2.050,00 ACCESS CONTROL AND TRAFFIC BOLLARDS Models J200 SA 600 Item code 116509 price € 2.650,00 The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel thickness 5 mm satin-finished • hydraulic lock in raised position (in the event of power failure) with special release key • supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pit not required) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES LED lights kit for J200HA Item code Price (euro) 116504 56,00 Release key kit (5 units) Item code Price (euro) 390084 62,00 201 J200 F Fixed bollard for traffic control in residential areas The FAAC J200 Fixed traffic bollard does not require either invasive laying operations or electric wiring. It is therefore suitable for permanent installations to define residential pedestrian areas or for multiple installations together with other automatic or semi-automatic bollards. 1. Power supply and wiring not required 2. Simple laying and limited excavation 3. Careful about the aesthetic aspect in mixed installations together with other retractable bollards 4. Easy transport, storage and laying thanks to the limited weight of the product DIMENSIONS AND TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Cylinder height 600 mm Cylinder diameter 200 mm Cylinder material, standard version S235JRG2 EN 10277 Steel (6mm thick) Standard cylinder surface treatment Cataphoresis and polyester powder painted RAL 7021 metallic dark grey Cylinder material, stainless steel version AISI 316L satin finished (6mm thick) Cylinder head Aluminium RAL 9006 Standard reflecting strip Height 25 mm Total weight 35 kg 202 STANDARD VERSIONS IN PAINTED STEEL Models J200 F 600 Height 600 mm Finish Painted steel Item code price € 116506 750,00 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS RESIDENTIAL AREAS The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel, thickness 5 mm cataphoresis treatment and painted • powder painted dark grey metallised RAL 7021 • supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pits are not needed) STANDARD VERSIONS IN SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL AISI 316L Models Height Finish J200 F 600 600 mm stainless steel AISI 316L satin finish Item code price € 116507 1.150,00 The product features: • cylinder in stainless steel thickness 5 mm satin-finished • supporting structure to cement, cataphoresis treatment (pits are not needed) OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES LED lights kit for J200HA Item code Price (euro) 116504 56,00 203 ProductPage • Jcall System 206 Parking 205 Jcall System ENTRANCE MANAGEMENT VIA TELEPHONE The Jcall system enables you to open an entrance with just a simple ring of a mobile telephone, recording the event and without any charges for the user. SIMPLE TO USE Just a mobile phone ring is necessary to command the opening of an entrance Cards or remote controls are not required and it can be used with any other traditional opening system already present Easy install and programmable via PC and SMS. SAFE Access is only allowed to enabled users. No sureties or returns are required. Customisable access permissions authorisations ; expiry according to time frames, week days and months Easy consultation in local mode of the accesses performed during the last 30 days. Lock of all accesses via SMS Password-protected programming A single device recognises up to 2000 users and controls up to 10 accesses (with optional expansion circuit) THE JCALL KIT INCLUDES: JCALL CONTROL UNIT - GSM high gain antenna with magnetic base - Network power supply - A solid-state power relay for connection to the movement contact - GPIO connector wired on the solid-state relay - Installation CD for the management software via PC Jcall Manager - 10 additional electrical contacts for the GPIO connector Jcall System ECONOMIC Simple local wiring The call has no charges for the user Model Jcall Standard Exp I/O Description Jcall Standard Kit Expansion circuit for Jcall kit TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF JCALL CONTROL UNIT Operating ambient temperature Power supply Average current consumption Output port for programming and monitoring via PC Inputs/Outputs Frequency band Unit dimensions Unit approx. weight FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE JCALL SYSTEM Jcall unit Number of managed users Expiry check Time bands Access authorisation Programming Input monitoring Access register 206 Item code 790291 776031 price € 840,00 210,00 from -30°C to +70°C 8-30V DC At rest: 3 mA During calls: 300 mA Serial port RS232 10 on GPIO connector Quadri-band GSM 850/900/1800/1900MHz 13.0cm x 9.0cm x 3.7cm 190g up to 10 gates and access for differentiated user groups Up to 2000, can be organised in groups with differentiated access authorisations By group and by single user Up to 4 daily time frames Time frames, week days, months via PC, SMS Possibility to monitor entrances controlled via external devices Last 30 days 207 PARKING Sliding doors Model Passage opening Weight Available versions A100 COMPACT from 700 to 3000 110 / 70 + 70 Kg standard A140 AIR from 700 to 3000 200 / 120 + 120 Kg standard, self-supporting A 140 AIR T from 1100 to 4000 110 + 110 / 4x60 Kg telescopic See the relevant section for details Swing doors Max. leaf weight Model 950N Leaf length from 700 to 1400 Shoe arm with articulated arm from 71 to 286 Kg from 92 to 376 Kg The reliability of the products is guaranteed thanks to the careful choice of materials and by tests on 100% of production. MADE IN ITALY For all details regarding specifications, performance and prices of FAAC automatic doors, see the AUTOMATIC DOORS CATALOGUE which contains a list of accessories to customise the automation. Automatic Doors A100 COMPACT Automated systems for sliding doors single and double leaf The dimensions contained in this way give the FAAC A100 COMPACT automation the adaptability to work in any architectural environment, even where space is limited. Thanks to maximum versatility of use, the A100 COMPACT series may be fitted to sliding doors with single leaves weighing 110 kg or double with maximum weight of 70 kg per leaf. Compliant with EN16005 Item code Model 105296C A100 COMPACT A100 COMPACT 2 Leaf Passage opening mm Max. leaf weight Kg single double 700 ÷ 3.000 800 ÷ 3.000 110 70 + 70 Self-supporting (head section length) mm no no A100 COMPACT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Max Power Use frequency Electric motor Max. accessories load Traction Opening empty speed adjustment Closing empty speed adjustment Partial opening adjustment Pause time Night pause time Anti-crushing safety device Protection sensor monitoring (EN 16005) Low energy movement (EN 16005) Operating ambient temperature Protection class 210 115/230V~ – 50 (60) Hz 100 W 100% Motor powered at 36V with encoder 1A - 24V By means of an electro-conductive toothed belt 5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves) 5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves) 10% ÷ 90% of total opening 0 ÷ 30 s 0 ÷ 240 s As standard As standard (may be excluded) As standard (may be excluded) -20°C ÷ +55°C IP 23 (for internal use only) E100 control unit • E100 microprocessor control unit with incorporated motor block, battery and photocell boards • Switching power supply 115/220V~ • Removable terminal boards • Programming via SD KEEPER function keyboard • Programming of basic functions through SDKWireless remote control and SDK LIGHT keypad: automatic, night, door open, one-way, partial, manual • Automatic adjustments –– Definition of open and closed positions –– - Measurement of leaf mass and friction –– Selection of optimal speed, acceleration and deceleration –– Sensor monitoring in • • • • • • • • • compliance with EN 16005 –– Anti-crushing safety device in compliance with EN16005 –– Possibility to adjust speed and SET UP execution directly on the board (without the aid of external programmers) RESET function 1 configurable output contact 2 configurable emergency input contacts Interlock function “Gong” function “Courtesy lights” function “Immediate closing” function LCD Display to view statuses and fault diagnostics 3 buttons for basic programming of: –– opening and closing speed –– pause time –– night pause –– motor block –– battery –– monitored protection sensor management –– acceleration and deceleration ramps –– opening and closing thrust –– thrust force time –– motor block surveillance –– night function input delay • USB Port for software update Supporting profile • In extruded aluminium, slotted for height and width adjustment • Dimensions (HxD) 70 x 150 mm • Sliding track integrated in profile Front cover different thickness (max. 60 • Available in natural and mm) anodised aluminium, 100 mm or 140 mm high with “L” shape • Hinge seat on the support profile isolated from the same • Fall prevention safety devices by anti-vibration supports for easy assembly with head (open cover by rotating section to prevent the cover upwards) from falling • Designed for locking in open • Knockouts to adapt leaves of Drive unit complete with: • Gearmotor powered at 36V with optical encoder • E100 control unit • Return pulley with screw adjustment device for belt tensioning • Electro-conductive transmission belt • 2 carriages (A100 COMPACT 1 leaf) or 4 carriages (A100 COMPACT 2 leaves) • Power supply unit with switching power supply with low energy consumption (GREENtech) Carriages • Die-cast aluminium structure • Two bearing wheels manufactured in polyamide • Nylon counter pin roller on bearing • Carriage height adjustment ± 7.5 mm • Leaf depth adjustment +/10 mm • Extruded aluminium leaf attachment profile • Brush for sliding track cleaning position for maintenance 211 Automatic Doors THE COMPLETE A100 COMPACT AUTOMATED SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS: A140 AIR Automated systems for sliding doors heavy, single and double leaf, telescopic FAAC SERIES A140 AIR automations are supplied in the length and configuration required by the customer. The range consists of different models which feature actuation of single or double leaves, self-supporting or supported head sections and actuation of single or double telescopic leaves. Thanks to its innovative “Energy Saving” device, it identifies the walking path and perfectly optimises opening/closing times thus avoiding unnecessary air dispersal, even in the event of side passages. Compliant with EN16005 Item code Model 105269C A140 AIR 1 A140 AIR 2 A140 AIR A1 A140 AIR A2 A140 AIR T2 A140 AIR T4 105031C Leaf single double single double single telescopic double telescopic Passage opening mm 700 ÷ 3.000 800 ÷ 3.000 700 ÷ 3.000 800 ÷ 3.000 1.100 ÷ 3.000 1.400 ÷ 4.000 Max. leaf weight Kg 200 120 + 120 200 120 + 120 110 + 110 60 + 60 + 60 + 60 Self-supporting no no yes yes no no TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Max Power Use frequency Electric motor Max. accessories load Traction Opening empty speed adjustment Closing empty speed adjustment Partial opening adjustment Pause time Night pause time Anti-crushing safety device Protection sensor monitoring (EN 16005) Low energy movement (EN 16005) Operating ambient temperature Protection class 212 115/230V~ – 50 (60) Hz 100 W 100% Motor powered at 36V with encoder 1A - 24V By means of an electro-conductive toothed belt 5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves) 5 ÷ 70 cm/s (1 leaf) - 10 ÷ 140 cm/s (2 leaves) 10% ÷ 90% of total opening 0 ÷ 30 s 0 ÷ 240 s As standard As standard (may be excluded) As standard (may be excluded) -20°C ÷ +55°C IP 23 (for internal use only) E140 Control unit • E140 microprocessor control unit with incorporated motor block, battery and photocell boards • Switching power supply 115/220V~ • Removable terminal boards • Programming via SD KEEPER function keyboard • Programming of basic functions through SDK Wireless remote control and SDK LIGHT keypad: automatic, night, door open, one-way, partial, manual • Automatic adjustments –– Definition of open and closed positions –– - Measurement of leaf mass and friction –– Selection of optimal speed, acceleration and deceleration • • • • • • • • • –– Sensor monitoring in compliance with EN 16005 –– Anti-crushing safety device in compliance with EN16005 –– Possibility to adjust speed and SET UP execution directly on the board (without the aid of external programmers) RESET function 1 configurable output contact 2 configurable emergency input contacts Interlock function “Gong” function “Courtesy lights” function “Immediate closing” function LCD Display to view statuses and fault diagnostics 3 buttons for basic programming of: –– Opening and closing speed –– Pause time • Energy saving enabling –– Night pause –– Motor block –– Battery –– Monitored protection sensor management –– Acceleration and deceleration ramps –– Opening and closing thrust –– Thrust force time –– Motor block surveillance –– Night function input delay • USB Port for software update Supporting profile • In extruded aluminium, slotted for height and width adjustment • Dimensions (H x D) 70 x 166 mm • Special aluminium alloy sliding track on anti-vibrating seal. • Designed for wall or ceiling attachment Front cover • Available in natural and anodised aluminium, 100 mm or 140 mm high, with “L” shape • Fall prevention safety devices for easy assembly with head section to prevent the cover from falling • Knockouts to adapt leaves of different thickness (max. 60 mm) • Hinge seat on the support profile isolated from the same by anti-vibration supports (open cover by rotating upwards) • Designed for locking in open position for maintenance AIR drive unit complete with: • Gearmotor powered at 36V with optical encoder • E140 microprocessor control unit • Return pulley with screw adjustment device for belt tensioning • Electro-conductive transmission belt • 2 carriages (1 mobile leaf version) or 4 carriages (2 leaf version) • Power supply unit with switching power supply with low energy consumption (GREENtech) AIR T drive unit complete with: • Gearmotor powered at 36V with optical encoder • E140 microprocessor control unit • Return pulley system with steel cable for version AIR -T • 4 carriages (AIR -T2 versions) or 8 carriages (AIR -T4 versions) • Mechanical systems to connect slow leaf and slow belt Carriages • Galvanised steel structure • 2 Sliding wheels in synthetic material on bearings • Nylon counter pin roller on bearing • ± 7.5 mm Height adjustment via screw • Leaf depth adjustment +/10 mm • Extruded aluminium leaf connection profile or spacers • Brush for sliding track cleaning 213 Automatic Doors THE COMPLETE A140 AIR AUTOMATED SYSTEM CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS: 950N Automated systems for swing doors FAAC electromechanical automation for swing doors with motor in continuous current and return spring Protective cover in anodised aluminium-colour painted plastic material Built-in microprocessor control unit with self-diagnosis and continuous monitoring of all door functions Installation either on the architrave or on the door with outwards or inwards opening Push and shoe actuation arms in anodised aluminium Anti-crushing safety device active both in closing and in opening (SAFEzone) Function selector integrated in the operator with logic: AUTOMATIC MANUAL - OPEN Self-learning of “open” and “closed ” door positions and measurement of door mass “CLOSING STROKE” function to assure door closing even in the event of strong wind Selectable “PUSH and GO” function Manual operation in the event of power failure and spring closing Designed for KP CONTROLLER keyboard functions Utilisation of the unit features the following functions: -- opening and closing speed adjustments; -- pause time adjustment; -- door opening width adjustment; -- selection of operative functions MANUAL-OPEN-- AUTOMATIC-ONE-DIRECTIONAL-NIGHT -- interlock function; -- MASTER-SLAVE version for double leaf doors; -- suitable for acoustic or light transit signals; Compliant with EN16005 FAAC 950N TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power supply voltage Max Power Use frequency Electric motor Max. accessories load Electro-lock power supply Dimensions Weight Operation in the event of power failure Opening angle Opening empty speed adjustment Closing empty speed adjustment Partial opening adjustment Pause time Night pause time Anti-crushing safety device Protection sensor monitoring (EN 16005) Low energy movement (EN 16005) Operating ambient temperature Protection class 214 230V~ – 50 (60) Hz 100 W 100% Engine powered at 24V 1A - 24V / 500mA max (N.O./N.C.) 24V 530x105x160 mm (length x height x width) 10 Kg Manual push/pull opening - Spring closing 100° ÷ 125° 4 ÷ 10 s (adjustable) 4 ÷ 10 s (adjustable) 10% ÷ 90% of total opening 0 ÷ 30 s 0 ÷ 30 s As standard As standard (may be excluded) As standard (may be excluded) -20°C ÷ +55°C IP 23 (for internal use only) Description With electronic equipment, function selector and plastic cover With electronic equipment, function selector and anodised aluminium cover With electronic equipment, function selector and without cover casing Item code 105414 105415 205004 LEAF DIMENSIONS Length of leaf (mm) 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 Max leaf weight (Kg)\articulated arm to push 367 320 281 249 222 199 180 163 149 136 125 115 107 99 92 Max leaf weight (Kg)\arm with short shoe 286 249 219 - Max leaf weight (Kg)\arm with standard shoe 194 173 155 140 127 116 106 97 90 83 77 71 215 Automatic Doors Model 950N GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE 1. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary and even if any such provision may be contained in any possible general conditions of the Buyer, these general conditions of sale (hereinafter the “Conditions”) shall apply to all contracts of sale which are made in Italy and/or abroad by FAAC S.p.A. or by other companies and branches owned and/or controlled by FAAC S.p.A. (hereinafter “FAAC”), which concern the products manufactured and/or marked by FAAC (hereinafter the “Products”). All offers , all acceptances of orders and all deliveries by FAAC shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to the following Conditions, except as otherwise expressly provided in writing by FAAC. 2. The contract of sale shall be deemed to be entered into at the moment in which the Buyer becomes aware of FAAC’s acceptance of the Buyer’s order proposal, or in the absence of said occurrence, at the time of delivery of the Products to the Buyer. Orders may be accepted only if duly signed by the Buyer and provided that said orders contain the technical data necessary to identify the specifications of the Product ordered, it being understood that FAAC shall, at its sole discretion, be entitled to accept or refuse the orders. Any possible cancellations of or modifications to any order by the Buyer shall not be effective, unless previously authorized and subsequently accepted in writing by FAAC. It is agreed that the execution of the contract of sale shall be deemed to have taken place at FAAC’s place of business in Zola Predosa (Bologna, Italy). 3. All delivery dates given shall be deemed as indicative only and non-binding. FAAC shall use reasonable endeavors to effect delivery within 30 (thirty) working days from the date of the order confirmation by FAAC. In any event of late delivery, the Buyer shall not be entitled to cancel the order or to any compensation for damages of whatever nature. The Buyer , by collecting any Products which may have been delivered late, waives any and all rights in relation to said delay. 4. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between FAAC and the Buyer the Products shall be delivered “EX WORKS” (in accordance to the most recent edition of the ICC’s Inco terms). FAAC shall not enter into any shipment or transportation agreement and shall not insure the Products, unless the Buyer should so expressly instruct FAAC in writing, it being in any event understood that any and all risk and expenses in relation thereto shall be borne exclusively by the Buyer. The buyer agrees promptly to collect the Products as soon as receives notice that the products are ready and at its disposal and, in any event, within eight days of the date of said notice. In any event, the transfer of risk and the payment terms shall run as of the date of the notice that the Products are ready or, in the absence thereof, as of the date of delivery. Standard packing of the Products suitable for air, surface and sea transportation in container will be provided by FAAC free of charge. If Buyer requires any special packing, the full cost to FAAC of said special packing shall be invoiced to the Buyer. 5. FAAC shall be entitled to make minor changes to the Product, without being obliged to inform the Buyer. The quality and quantity of the Product which FAAC undertakes to supply are those specified in the order confirmation, or failing which, as specified in the invoice at the time of delivery of the Products 216 6. 7. • • by FAAC. A tolerance of up to +/- 10% (ten percent) in respect of quantity will be allowed in relation to each of the Product. FAAC those not represent or warrant to the Buyer that the Products comply with the applicable laws and regulations in force in the Country (IES) where the Buyer is established or where the Products have to be sold, delivery and/or installed. FAAC shall have no obligation to modify the Product in compliance with said laws or regulations and the Buyer shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Product and any services of the Buyer conform to the applicable technical and safety standards, laws and regulations in force inside country (IES). Title to the Products shall pass to the Buyer only upon payment in full of the sale price of the Products. In the event of default by the Buyer, FAAC shall be entitled, without any formalities, including notice of default, to repossess all of the Products with respect to which title has not yet passed to the Buyer , wherever said Products may be; in addition, FAAC reserves the right to seek any other judicial remedies available to it in respect of the damages suffered. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the list prices of FAAC which are in force as of the date of confirmation of each Product’s order shall apply to said order. The prices of any non-standard Products or any Products not appearing on the price list shall be determined by FAAC on a case by case basis. FAAC reserves the right to change the prices of the Products and/or the discounts, if any, applicable thereto at any time and for any reason, upon 30 (thirty) days’ prior written notice to the Buyer. If the price list is quoted by FAAC in a currency other than EURO, then FAAC may alter the price of the Products at any time, without any notice to the Buyer, to compensate possible fluctuations in the exchange rate between EURO and the currency in which the prices are quoted. If any delay in delivery of the Products occurs through the fault of the Buyer, any possible increase in the price of the Products which may have occurred since the confirmation of the order relating to the Products shall be borne solely by the Buyer. Except as otherwise agreed in writing, payment for all Products shall be effected by means of: an irrevocable letter of credit (“L/C”), confirmed by a primary Italian bank, in compliance with publication 500 of the International Chamber of Commerce as updated from time to time, and valid for at least 30 days from the anticipated date of final delivery. Or in alternative Bank wire transfer with full amount covered by stand by L/C, subject to U.C.P. 1993, confirmed by a primary Italian Bank, in compliance with publication 500 of the International Chamber of Commerce as updated from time to time, and expiring date at least 180 days from the date of final delivery. Delivery of the Products is conditional upon the issuing of the above L/C’s or the payment of the price by any other means which may have otherwise been authorized in writing by FAAC. Regardless of the means of payment agreed upon, it is understood that payments shall be deemed to have been effected at FAAC’s place of business. 8. Under no circumstances shall the Buyer be entitled to suspend or delay payment of the Products or raise any claims in relation thereto until full payment therefore has been made. In the 9. FAAC shall be entitled to suspend and/or terminate the sale contract at any time, at its sole discretion, or withdraw any more favorable terms of payments which may have been granted in respect to any order, in the event of any change in the Buyer’s solvency and/or liquidity without prejudice to FAAC’s right to compensation for damages. 10. Any and all taxes, duties, levies, licenses, authorizations, permits and any and all tax and administrative formalities relating to the importation and/or resale of the Products shall be borne and carried out exclusively by the Buyer or, alternatively, they may be carried out by FAAC at the Buyer’s sole risk, expense and responsibility. 11. FAAC warrants and guarantees to the buyer that all new Products shall be free under normal use and service from manufacturing defects for a period of 24 month from the date of installation of the Products or 30 months from the manufacturing date (as shown on the tag plate of each Product), when available (the “Warranty Period”). The buyer acknowledges and agrees that FAAC’s warranty is expressly limited to manufacturing defects and that said warranty shall not extend to any damage to the products resulting from other causes, including, without limitation, misuse, transportation or faulty installation thereof, the maximum liability of FAAC to the buyer or to any other person or entity, arising out of or in connection with the products and based on a claim of breach or repudiation of warranty, shall in no case exceed the price paid to FAAC for the product(s) in question. Should FAAC be in breach of its representation and warranty under this art. 11, FAAC’s entire liability and the buyer’s exclusive remedy shall be, the repair or replacement of the defective part Product free of charge, at FAAC’s own workshop. The buyer shall send, free of charge, the part to be repaired or replaced and FAAC shall examine said part to determine whether it is defective and whether the manufacturer is responsible for the defect; in which case only FAAC shall repair or replace the part, in its sole discretion, and shall send the repaired or replacement part to the buyer, who shall bear the cost of transportation only. Any Products which may have been returned without FAAC’s authorization shall not entitle the Buyer to any credit notes nor reimbursement. In any event any and or risk and expenses relating to the return of the Products shall be born exclusively by the Buyer. Any claims relating to the defects must be sent to FAAC by registered letter with return receipt requested within eight day following the date of delivery in the case of patent defects and eight days following the date of discovery in the case of latent defects and in any event, within the Warranty Period failing which the Buyer shall lose all right to bring any claim in relations the thereto. The non-consumer purchaser waives its right of recourse against FAAC under art. 1519 quinquies of the Italian Civil Code. Any and all further or other warranties, be they expressed or implied including without limitation, any warranties provided by law shall be deemed excluded and superseded by these conditions. FAAC further disclaims all expressed, statutory or implied warranties applicable to Products and accessories which are not manufactured by it. 12. The buyer acknowledges that the Products may be dangerous to persons or property when not installed or used in strict compliance with the instructions for installation and use furnished by FAAC and with the safety requirements specified in the EN 12445 and EN 12453. FAAC expressly disclaims liability for any personal injury or property damage resulting from installation or use of the products, other than in strict compliance with FAAC’s written instructions with respect to installation and use, or from installation or use of the products together with safety accessories or other products not manufactured by FAAC, it being understood that the maximum liability of FAAC to the Buyer or to any other person or entity arising out of or in connection with the product and based on a claim of breach or under the warranty, shall in no case exceed the price paid to FAAC for the Product which gives rise to the claim, loss or damage. In no event shall FAAC be liable for special and consequential damages including, without limitation, loss of profits. 13. FAAC shall not be held responsible to the buyer for any failure to perform, including late delivery or failure to deliver, which failure to perform is caused by occurrences beyond FAAC’s reasonable control, or in any case caused by an event of force majeure, including, but not limited to, late delivery or non-delivery of materials by suppliers, strikes and other trade union actions, terrorist activities, suspension of electrical energy or difficulties in transportation. 14. The contracts of sale to which FAAC is a party shall be governed by the laws of Italy, excluding the Vienna Convention of 1980 relating to contracts for the international sale of goods. Any and all disputes arising out of or relating to the sale of Product by FAAC shall be resolved exclusively by the court of Bologna, Italy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FAAC may bring an action against the buyer in any court having jurisdiction over the buyer. 217 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE event of late payment, FAAC shall be entitled to exercise its rights provided under the laws in force in Italy in relation to late payment in commercial transactions, without prejudice to its rights to seek any further damages. In any event, FAAC may (i) terminate the contract in relation to the Products not yet delivered and/or (ii) delay the carrying out of any order in hand, inter alia, by suspending delivery of the Products until such time as all outstanding debts owed by the Buyer to FAAC have been paid. Notes Notes Notes Notes Notes Notes P.T. HEADQUARTERS ITALY FAAC SpA Via Calari 10 - 40069 Zola Predosa (BO) Tel. +39 051 61724 - Fax +39 051 758518 it.info@faacgroup.com - www.faacgroup.com POLAND FAAC MALAYSIA Selangor, Malaysia tel. +60 3 5123 0033 www.faac.international FAAC FRANCE Saint Priest - Lyon, France tel. +33 4 72218700 www.faac.fr AUSTRALIA FAAC FRANCE - AGENCE PARIS Massy - Paris, France tel. +33 1 69191620 www.faac.fr FAAC POLSKA SP.ZO.O Warszawa, Poland tel. +48 22 8141422 fax +48 22 8142024 www.faac.pl FAAC AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Homebush – Sydney, Australia tel. +61 2 87565644 www.faac.com.au AUSTRIA FAAC GMBH Salzburg, Austria tel. +43 662 8533950 www.faac.at FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS tel. +49 30 56796645 faactm.info@faacgroup.com www.faac-tubularmotors.com BENELUX FAAC BENELUX NV/SA Brugge, Belgium tel. +32 50 320202 www.faacbenelux.com FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS 7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands tel. +31 475 406014 faactm.info@faacgroup.com www.faac-tubularmotors.com KEMKO AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 7007 CN Doetinchem, The Netherlands tel. +31 314 378777 www.kemko.nl BRAZIL INDÚSTRIAS ROSSI ELETROMECÂNICA SA Brasilia DF, Brazil tel. +55 61 33998787 www.rossiportoes.com.br CHINA FAAC SHANGHAI Shanghai, China tel. +86 21 68182970 www.faacgroup.cn FAAC FRANCE - DEPARTEMENT VOLETS Saint Denis de Pile - Bordeaux, France tel. +33 5 57551890 www.faac.fr GERMANY FAAC GMBH Freilassing, Germany tel. +49 8654 49810 www.faac.de RUSSIA FAAC RUSSIA Moscow, Russia tel. +7 (495) 646 24 29 www.faac.ru SOUTH AFRICA FAAC SOUTH AFRICA 2040 Johannesburg tel. +27 11 794 4525 www.faac.international SPAIN FAAC TUBULAR MOTORS tel. +49 30 56796645 faactm.info@faacgroup.com www.faac-tubularmotors.com CLEM, S.A.U. San Sebastián de los Reyes - Madrid, Spain tel. +34 91 3581110 www.faac.es INDIA SWITZERLAND FAAC INDIA PVT. LTD Noida – Delhi, India tel. +91 120 3934100/4199 www.faacindia.com FAAC AG Altdorf, Switzerland tel. +41 41 8713440 www.faac.ch IRELAND TURKEY NATIONAL AUTOMATION LTD Co. Roscommon, Ireland tel. +353 71 9663893 www.nal.ie FAAC OTOMATİK GEÇİ� SİSTEMLERİ SAN. VE TİC. LTD. SIRTEKI İstanbul, Turkey tel.+90 (0)212 - 3431311 www.faac.com.tr MIDDLE EAST FAAC MIDDLE EAST FZE Dubai Silicon Oasis Operation Center - Dubai, UAE tel. + 971 4 3724190 www.faac.ae SCANDINAVIA FAAC NORDIC AB Perstorp, Sweden tel. +46 435 779500 www.faac.se UNITED KINGDOM FAAC UK LTD. Basingstoke Hampshire, UK tel. +44 1256 318100 www.faac.co.uk U.S.A. FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC Rockledge, FL - U.S.A. tel. +1 866 925 3222 www.faacusa.com FAAC INTERNATIONAL INC Fullerton, California - U.S.A. tel. +1 714 446 9800 www.faacusa.com WHEN IDEAS CHANGE THE WORLD Price List - Rev. 24 FRANCE 9908295004 - Rev. 24 - (03-2015) - 1.000 - Zucchini - (04-2015) ASIA - PACIFIC For an on-going product improvement, FAAC SpA reserves the right to make technical modifications without prior notice. All rights are reserved and the reproduction, in any form or by any means, of the whole or any part of this publication, is forbidden without prior permission of FAAC SpA. SUBSIDIARIES PRICE LIST Valid from 03/2015